Garmin | G1000 NXi: Beechcraft King Air 200/B200 | Garmin G1000 NXi: Beechcraft King Air 200/B200 Cockpit Reference Guide, G1000 King Air 200/B200 Series - SSV 2286.07

Garmin G1000 NXi: Beechcraft King Air 200/B200 Cockpit Reference Guide, G1000 King Air 200/B200 Series - SSV 2286.07
®
Cockpit Reference Guide
Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
System Software Version 2286.07 or later
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM (EIS)
NAV/COM/TRANSPONDER/AUDIO PANEL
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
ABNORMAL OPERATIONS
ANNUNCIATIONS & ALERTS
APPENDIX
INDEX
Copyright © 2016-2019 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved.
This manual reflects the operation of System Software version 2286.07 or later for
the Beechcraft 200 and B200. Some differences in operation may be observed when
comparing the information in this manual to earlier or later software versions.
Garmin International, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
Olathe, Kansas 66062, U.S.A.
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Hounsdown Business Park
Southampton, Hampshire SO40 9LR U.K.
Garmin AT, Inc.
2345 Turner Road SE
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Zhangshu 2nd Road
Xizhi District, New Taipei City, Taiwan
Contact Garmin Product Support or view warranty information at www.flygarmin.com.
Except as expressly provided herein, no part of this manual may be reproduced, copied,
transmitted, disseminated, downloaded or stored in any storage medium, for any purpose
without the express written permission of Garmin. Garmin hereby grants permission to
download a single copy of this manual and of any revision to this manual onto a hard
drive or other electronic storage medium to be viewed for personal use, provided that such
electronic or printed copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of this
copyright notice and provided further that any unauthorized commercial distribution of
this manual or any revision hereto is strictly prohibited.
Garmin®, G1000® NXi, WATCH®, FliteCharts®, Connext®, and SafeTaxi® are registered
trademarks of Garmin International, Inc. or its subsidiaries. Garmin ESP™, Garmin SVT™,
and SurfaceWatch™ are trademarks of Garmin International, Inc. or its subsidiaries. These
trademarks may not be used without the express permission of Garmin.
Skywatch® and Stormscope® are registered trademarks of L-3 Communications. Ryan®,
TCAD® and Avidyne® are registered trademarks of Avidyne Corporation. AC-U-KWIK® is
a registered trademark of Penton Business Media Inc. Bendix/King® and Honeywell® are
registered trademarks of Honeywell International, Inc. Becker® is a registered trademark
of Becker Flugfunkwerk GmbH. NavData® is a registered trademark of Jeppesen, Inc.
Wi-Fi® is a registered trademark of the Wi-Fi Alliance. SiriusXM Weather and SiriusXM
Satellite Radio are provided by SiriusXM Satellite Radio, Inc.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
AOPA Membership Publications, Inc. and its related organizations (hereinafter collectively
“AOPA”) expressly disclaim all warranties, with respect to the AOPA information included
in this data, express or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of
merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The information is provided “as is”
and AOPA does not warrant or make any representations regarding its accuracy, reliability,
or otherwise. Under no circumstances including negligence, shall AOPA be liable for any
incidental, special or consequential damages that result from the use or inability to use the
software or related documentation, even if AOPA or an AOPA authorized representative
has been advised of the possibility of such damages. User agrees not to sue AOPA and, to
the maximum extent allowed by law, to release and hold harmless AOPA from any causes
of action, claims or losses related to any actual or alleged inaccuracies in the information.
Some jurisdictions do not allow the limitation or exclusion of implied warranties or liability
for incidental or consequential damages so the above limitations or exclusions may not
apply to you.
AC-U-KWIK and its related organizations (hereafter collectively “AC-U-KWIK
Organizations”) expressly disclaim all warranties with respect to the AC-U-KWIK
information included in this data, express or implied, including, but not limited to,
the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. The
information is provided “as is” and AC-U-KWIK Organizations do not warrant or make
any representations regarding its accuracy, reliability, or otherwise. Licensee agrees not
to sue AC-U-KWIK Organizations and, to the maximum extent allowed by law, to release
and hold harmless AC-U-KWIK Organizations from any cause of action, claims or losses
related to any actual or alleged inaccuracies in the information arising out of Garmin’s
use of the information in the datasets. Some jurisdictions do not allow the limitation or
exclusion of implied warranties or liability for incidental or consequential damages so the
above limitations or exclusions may not apply to licensee.
Printed in the U.S.A.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
WARNING: Do not use terrain avoidance displays as the sole source of
information for maintaining separation from terrain and obstacles. Garmin
obtains terrain and obstacle data from third party sources and cannot
independently verify the accuracy of the information.
WARNING: Always refer to current aeronautical charts and NOTAMs for
verification of displayed aeronautical information. Displayed aeronautical
data may not incorporate the latest NOTAM information.
WARNING: Do not use geometric altitude for compliance with air traffic
control altitude requirements. The primary barometric altimeter must be used
for compliance with all air traffic control altitude regulations, requirements,
instructions, and clearances.
WARNING: Do not use basemap information (land and water data) as the
sole means of navigation. Basemap data is intended only to supplement other
approved navigation data sources and should be considered only an aid to
enhance situational awareness.
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information to
accurately depict all of the traffic within range of the aircraft. Due to lack
of equipment, poor signal reception, and/or inaccurate information from
aircraft or ground stations, traffic may be present that is not represented on
the display.
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in, near,
or around areas of hazardous weather. Information contained within data
link weather products may not accurately depict current weather conditions.
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to
determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link weather
product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing weather
data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by the data
link weather product may be older than the indicated weather product age.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
WARNING: Do not rely on the displayed minimum safe altitude (MSAs) as
the sole source of obstacle and terrain avoidance information. Always refer
to current aeronautical charts for appropriate minimum clearance altitudes.
WARNING: Do not operate this equipment without first obtaining qualified
instruction.
WARNING: Do not use GPS to navigate to any active waypoint identified as
a ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ by a system message. ‘NON WGS84 WPT’ waypoints
are derived from an unknown map reference datum that may be incompatible
with the map reference datum used by GPS (known as WGS84) and may be
positioned in error as displayed.
WARNING: Do not rely on the autopilot to level the aircraft at the MDA/DH
when flying an approach with vertical guidance. The autopilot will not level
the aircraft at the MDA/DH even if the MDA/DH is set in the altitude preselect.
WARNING: Traffic information shown on system displays is provided as an
aid in visually acquiring traffic. Traffic avoidance maneuvers are based upon
TCAS II Resolution Advisories, ATC guidance, or positive visual acquisition of
conflicting traffic.
WARNING: Do not rely on the accuracy of attitude and heading indications in
the following geographic areas (due to variations in the earth’s magnetic field):
North of 72° North latitude at all longitudes; South of 70° South latitude
at all longitudes; North of 65° North latitude between longitude 75° W and
120° W. (Northern Canada); North of 70° North latitude between longitude
70° W and 128° W. (Northern Canada); North of 70° North latitude between
longitude 85° E and 114° E. (Northern Russia); South of 55° South latitude
between longitude 120° E and 165° E. (Region south of Australia and New
Zealand).
WARNING: Do not rely on information from a lightning detection system
display as the sole basis for hazardous weather avoidance. Range limitations
and interference may cause the system to display inaccurate or incomplete
information. Refer to documentation from the lightning detection system
manufacturer for detailed information about the system.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
WARNING: Use appropriate primary systems for navigation, and for terrain,
obstacle, and traffic avoidance. Garmin SVT is intended as an aid to situational
awareness only and may not provide either the accuracy or reliability upon
which to solely base decisions and/or plan maneuvers to avoid terrain,
obstacles, or traffic.
WARNING: Do not use the Garmin SVT runway depiction as the sole means
for determining the proximity of the aircraft to the runway or for maintaining
the proper approach path angle during landing.
WARNING: Do not operate the weather radar in a transmitting mode when
personnel or objects are within the MPEL boundary.
WARNING: Always position the weather radar gain setting to Calibrated
for viewing the actual intensity of precipitation. Changing the gain in
weather mode causes precipitation intensity to be displayed as a color not
representative of the true intensity.
WARNING: Do not use TAWS information for primary terrain or obstacle
avoidance. TAWS is intended only to enhance situational awareness.
CAUTION: Do not clean display surfaces with abrasive cloths or cleaners
containing ammonia. They will harm the anti-reflective coating.
CAUTION: Do not allow repairs to be made by anyone other than an authorized
Garmin service center. Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both
the warranty and affect the airworthiness of the aircraft.
NOTE: Intruder aircraft at or below 500 ft. AGL may not appear on the Garmin
SVT display or may appear as a partial symbol.
NOTE: Do not rely solely upon data link services to provide Temporary Flight
Restriction (TFR) information. Always confirm TFR information through official
sources such as Flight Service Stations or Air Traffic Control.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
NOTE: All visual depictions contained within this document, including screen
images of the system panel and displays, are subject to change and may
not reflect the most current system and aviation databases. Depictions of
equipment may differ slightly from the actual equipment.
NOTE: The United States government operates the Global Positioning System
and is solely responsible for its accuracy and maintenance. The GPS system
is subject to changes which could affect the accuracy and performance of all
GPS equipment. Portions of the system utilize GPS as a precision electronic
NAVigation AID (NAVAID). Therefore, as with all NAVAIDs, information
presented by the system can be misused or misinterpreted and, therefore,
become unsafe.
NOTE: This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE: Interference from GPS repeaters operating inside nearby hangars can
cause an intermittent loss of attitude and heading displays while the aircraft
is on the ground. Moving the aircraft more than 100 yards away from the
source of the interference should alleviate the condition.
NOTE: Use of polarized eyewear may cause the flight displays to appear dim
or blank.
NOTE: This product, its packaging, and its components contain chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, or reproductive
harm. This notice is being provided in accordance with California’s Proposition
65. If you have any questions or would like additional information, please
refer to our web site at www.garmin.com/prop65.
NOTE: Operating the system in the vicinity of metal buildings, metal structures,
or electromagnetic fields can cause sensor differences that may result in
nuisance miscompare annunciations during start up, shut down, or while
taxiing. If one or more of the sensed values are unavailable, the annunciation
indicates no comparison is possible.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
NOTE: The system responds to a terminal procedure based on data coded
within that procedure in the Navigation Database. Differences in system
operation may be observed among similar types of procedures due to
differences in the Navigation Database coding specific to each procedure.
NOTE: The FAA has asked Garmin to remind pilots who fly with Garmin
database-dependent avionics of the following:
• It is the pilot’s responsibility to remain familiar with all FAA regulatory and
advisory guidance and information related to the use of databases in the
National Airspace System.
• Garmin equipment will only recognize and use databases that are obtained
from Garmin or Jeppesen. Databases obtained from Garmin or Jeppesen are
assured compliance with all data quality requirements (DQRs) by virtue of
a Type 2 Letter of Authorization (LOA) from the FAA. A copy of the Type 2
LOA is available for each database and can be viewed at http://fly.garmin.
com by selecting ‘Type 2 LOA Status.’
• Use of a current Garmin or Jeppesen database in your Garmin equipment
is required for compliance with established FAA regulatory guidance, but
does not constitute authorization to fly any and all terminal procedures that
may be presented by the system. It is the pilot’s responsibility to operate in
accordance with established AFM(S) and regulatory guidance or limitations
as applicable to the pilot, the aircraft, and installed equipment.
NOTE: The pilot/operator must review and be familiar with Garmin’s database
exclusion list as discussed in SAIB CE-14-04 to determine what data may be
incomplete. The database exclusion list can be viewed at www.flygarmin.
com by selecting ‘Database Exclusions List.’
NOTE: The pilot/operator must have access to Garmin and Jeppesen database
alerts and consider their impact on the intended aircraft operation. The
database alerts can be viewed at www.flygarmin.com by selecting ‘Aviation
Database Alerts.’
NOTE: If the pilot/operator wants or needs to adjust the database, contact
Garmin Product Support to coordinate the revised DQRs.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
NOTE: Garmin requests the flight crew report any observed discrepancies
related to database information. These discrepancies could come in the form
of an incorrect procedure; incorrectly identified terrain, obstacles and fixes; or
any other displayed item used for navigation or communication in the air or
on the ground. Go to FlyGarmin.com and select ‘Aviation Data Error Report’.
NOTE: When operating the system with the magnetic sensor uncoupled
from the AHRS, the displayed heading and heading information used by
some system components (e.g. traffic system, AFCS, and weather radar) will
be different from the heading calculated by the AHRS. The difference is an
amount equal to the difference between the current Magnetic Field Variation
Database (MV DB) value, and the MV DB value when the magnetic sensor
was uncoupled. Due to the convergence of isogonic lines, this condition is
most noticeable at or near the north and south magnetic poles.
NOTE: System navigation utilities may not reliably calculate range and bearing
information when the aircraft is operating north of 80° North latitude or south
of 80° South latitude. This may result in the system displaying small gaps in
racetrack holding pattern depictions (GRS 7800 installations only).
NOTE: When using Stormscope, there are several atmospheric phenomena in
addition to nearby thunderstorms that can cause isolated discharge points in
the strike display mode. However, clusters of two or more discharge points
in the strike display mode do indicate thunderstorm activity if these points
reappear after the screen has been cleared.
NOTE: System navigation utilities may not reliably calculate range and bearing
information when the aircraft is operating north of 89° North latitude or south
of 89° South latitude. This may result in the system displaying small gaps in
racetrack holding pattern depictions (GRS 7800 installations only).
NOTE: Operate G1000 NXi system power through at least one cycle in a
period of four days of continuous operation to avoid an autonomous system
reboot.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
NOTE: The navigation databases used in Garmin navigation systems contain
Special Procedures. Prior to flying these procedures, pilots must have specific
FAA authorization, training, and possession of the corresponding current,
and legitimately-sourced chart (approach plate, etc.). Inclusion of the
Special Procedure in the navigation database DOES NOT imply specific FAA
authorization to fly the procedure.
NOTE: Electronic aeronautical charts displayed on this system have been
shown to meet the guidance in AC 120 76D as a Type B Electronic Flight Bag
(EFB) for FlightCharts and ChartView. The accuracy of the charts is subject to
the chart data provider. Own-ship position on airport surface charts cannot be
guaranteed to meet the accuracy specified in AC 120-76D. Possible additional
requirements may make a secondary source of aeronautical charts, such as
traditional paper charts or an additional electronic display, necessary on the
aircraft and available to the pilot. If the secondary source of aeronautical
charts is a Portable Electronic Device (PED), its use must be consistent with
the guidance in AC 120-76D.
NOTE: The nose of the ‘own ship’ symbol represents the location of the aircraft. The center of any traffic symbol represents the location of that traffic.
The traffic and own ship symbols are an abstract representation and do not
reflect the physical extent of the aircraft/traffic, and should not replace other
methods for identifying traffic.
NOTE: The purpose of this Cockpit Reference Guide is to provide the pilot a
resource with which to find operating instructions on the major features of
the system more easily. It is not intended to be a comprehensive operating
guide. Complete operating procedures for the system are found in the Pilot’s
Guide for this aircraft.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Warnings, Cautions & Notes
Blank Page
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Software License Agreement
SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
BY USING THE DEVICE, COMPONENT OR SYSTEM MANUFACTURED OR SOLD BY GARMIN
(“THE GARMIN PRODUCT”), YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF THE FOLLOWING SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT
CAREFULLY. Garmin Ltd. and its subsidiaries (“Garmin”) grants you a limited license to use the
software embedded in the Garmin Product (the “Software”) in binary executable form in the
normal operation of the Garmin Product. Title, ownership rights, and intellectual property rights
in and to the Software remain with Garmin and/or its third-party providers. You acknowledge
that the Software is the property of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and is protected
under the United States of America copyright laws and international copyright treaties. You
further acknowledge that the structure, organization, and code of the Software are valuable
trade secrets of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and that the Software in source code
form remains a valuable trade secret of Garmin and/or its third-party providers. You agree not
to reproduce, decompile, disassemble, modify, reverse assemble, reverse engineer, or reduce to
human readable form the Software or any part thereof or create any derivative works based on
the Software. You agree not to export or re-export the Software to any country in violation of
the export control laws of the United States of America.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Software License Agreement
Blank Page
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Record of Revisions
Part Number
Rev.
Date
190-02040-00
A
September 2016
B
March 2017
Page
Description
Range
All
Initial release at GDU 20.01
All
Corrections:
-- Added SurfaceWatch Setup user
interface
-- Corrected comparator annunciations
-- Added phone contacts
190-02040-01
A
July 2018
All
Initial Release at GDU 20.83
-- Added changes from GDU 20.01 to
GDU 20.83
-- Updated layout to match PG layout
B
May 2019
All
Initial Release at GDU 20.84
-- Added changes from GDU 20.83 to
GDU 20.84
-- Added legacy hardware
-- Editorial Updates
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
RR-1
Record of Revisions
Blank Page
RR-2
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Table of Contents
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS........................................................................................... 1
Flight Instruments..................................................................................................................... 1
Garmin SVT (Synthetic Vision Technology).......................................................................... 8
Supplemental Flight Data...................................................................................................... 10
PFD Annunciations and Alerting Functions........................................................................ 11
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM.......................................................................... 13
NAV/COM/TRANSPONDER/AUDIO PANEL................................................. 15
COM Operation......................................................................................................................... 15
NAV Operation.......................................................................................................................... 16
Mode S Transponders.............................................................................................................. 17
Intercom System (ICS) (GMA 1347)...................................................................................... 19
Intercom System (ICS) (GMA 1360)...................................................................................... 19
Passenger Address (PA) System............................................................................................ 21
Clearance Recorder and Player............................................................................................ 21
Blue-Select Mode (GMA 1360).............................................................................................. 21
Bluetooth® Setup (GMA 1360).............................................................................................. 22
Audio Panels Preflight Procedure........................................................................................ 23
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT........................................................................................ 25
INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................................25
USING MAP DISPLAYS.....................................................................................................25
Map Range................................................................................................................................ 26
Map Panning............................................................................................................................. 26
Measuring Bearing and Distance......................................................................................... 27
Topography............................................................................................................................... 28
Airways...................................................................................................................................... 30
Additional Navigation Map Items........................................................................................ 30
WAYPOINTS........................................................................................................................31
Airports...................................................................................................................................... 31
Non-Airport Waypoints........................................................................................................... 33
AIRSPACES..........................................................................................................................39
Nearest Airspace...................................................................................................................... 39
Smart Airspace......................................................................................................................... 41
DIRECT-TO-NAVIGATION .................................................................................................41
FLIGHT PLANNING............................................................................................................44
Flight Plan Views...................................................................................................................... 44
Creating a Flight Plan............................................................................................................. 46
Flight Plan Waypoint and Airway Modifications.............................................................. 47
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
i
Table of Contents
Flight Plan Operations............................................................................................................ 52
Closest Point of FPL................................................................................................................. 54
User-Defined Holding Patterns............................................................................................. 54
Managing Flight Plans............................................................................................................ 56
VERTICAL NAVIGATION...................................................................................................63
Altitude Constraints................................................................................................................ 64
Vertical Situation Display (VSD)........................................................................................... 67
PROCEDURES.....................................................................................................................67
Departures................................................................................................................................. 68
Arrivals ...................................................................................................................................... 71
Approaches .............................................................................................................................. 73
TRIP PLANNING.................................................................................................................81
Trip Planning............................................................................................................................. 81
Weight Planning....................................................................................................................... 82
RAIM PREDICTION............................................................................................................84
SBAS SELECTION...............................................................................................................85
HAZARD AVOIDANCE............................................................................................ 87
DATA LINK WEATHER........................................................................................................87
Activating Data Link Weather Services.............................................................................. 87
Weather Product Age.............................................................................................................. 89
Displaying Data Link Weather Products............................................................................. 92
Connext Data Requests.......................................................................................................... 95
Weather Product Overview................................................................................................... 97
FIS-B Weather Status............................................................................................................ 105
STORMSCOPE LIGHTNING DETECTION SYSTEM.......................................................105
Using the Stormscope Page................................................................................................ 105
Additional Stormscope Displays........................................................................................ 106
AIRBORNE COLOR WEATHER RADAR..........................................................................107
Basic Antenna Tilt and Range Setup................................................................................. 107
Weather Mapping and Interpretation.............................................................................. 108
Ground Mapping and Interpretation................................................................................ 115
Additional Weather Radar Displays................................................................................... 116
TAWS-B..............................................................................................................................117
Relative Terrain Symbology................................................................................................ 117
TAWS-B Alerts......................................................................................................................... 119
ii
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Table of Contents
VERTICAL SITUATION DISPLAY (VSD) TERRAIN........................................................120
TAWS-A.............................................................................................................................121
Relative Terrain Symbology................................................................................................ 121
TAWS-A Page........................................................................................................................... 122
TAWS-A Alerts......................................................................................................................... 123
System Status......................................................................................................................... 123
TAS/TCAS I TRAFFIC........................................................................................................124
System Test............................................................................................................................. 125
Operation................................................................................................................................. 125
ADS-B TRAFFIC................................................................................................................127
Traffic Description................................................................................................................. 128
Operation................................................................................................................................. 129
ADS-B System Status............................................................................................................ 131
TCAS II TRAFFIC...............................................................................................................131
System Test............................................................................................................................. 132
Operation................................................................................................................................. 133
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM.................................................. 137
Activating the Flight Director............................................................................................. 137
Vertical Modes........................................................................................................................ 138
Lateral Modes......................................................................................................................... 138
Combination Modes.............................................................................................................. 139
ADDITIONAL FEATURES.................................................................................... 141
SAFETAXI..........................................................................................................................141
CHARTS.............................................................................................................................142
ChartView................................................................................................................................ 142
FliteCharts............................................................................................................................... 145
IFR/VFR Charts........................................................................................................................ 148
SATELLITE TELEPHONE AND TEXT MESSAGING (SMS)............................................148
®
Registering with Garmin Connext .................................................................................. 148
Disable/Enable Iridium Transceiver................................................................................... 148
Telephone Communication.................................................................................................. 149
Text Messaging (SMS)........................................................................................................... 153
WIFI CONNECTIONS........................................................................................................159
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
iii
Table of Contents
SIRIUSXM RADIO ENTERTAINMENT............................................................................161
Activating SiriusXM Satellite Radio Services.................................................................. 161
Using SiriusXM Radio............................................................................................................ 162
SURFACEWATCH..............................................................................................................163
SurfaceWatch Setup.............................................................................................................. 164
CONNEXT SETUP.............................................................................................................165
AUXILIARY VIDEO (OPTIONAL)....................................................................................166
Video Setup............................................................................................................................. 167
Display Selection................................................................................................................... 167
Zoom/Range............................................................................................................................ 167
ELECTRONIC STABILITY & PROTECTION (ESP™)......................................................167
Roll Engagement.................................................................................................................... 168
Pitch Engagement.................................................................................................................. 168
Angle of Attack Protection.................................................................................................. 169
High Airspeed Protection..................................................................................................... 169
ABNORMAL OPERATION................................................................................... 171
Reversionary Mode............................................................................................................... 171
COM Tuning Failure................................................................................................................ 171
Hazard Displays with Loss of GPS Position...................................................................... 171
Unusual Attitudes.................................................................................................................. 172
Abnormal GPS Conditions.................................................................................................... 173
SVT Unusual Attitudes.......................................................................................................... 174
Dead Reckoning..................................................................................................................... 174
Suspected Autopilot Malfunction...................................................................................... 176
Overpowering Autopilot Servos........................................................................................ 176
ANNUNCIATIONS & ALERTS............................................................................ 177
WARNING Annunciation....................................................................................................... 177
Message Advisories............................................................................................................... 177
Comparator Annunciations.................................................................................................. 177
Reversionary Sensor Annunciations.................................................................................. 178
QFE Annunciations................................................................................................................. 179
AFCS Alerts.............................................................................................................................. 179
Weather Radar System Status............................................................................................ 180
TAWS-B Alerts......................................................................................................................... 181
TAWS-B System Status Annunciations.............................................................................. 183
iv
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Table of Contents
TAWS-A Alerts......................................................................................................................... 184
TAWS-A System Test Status................................................................................................. 186
TAWS-A Abnormal Status Alerts......................................................................................... 187
TAS/TCAS I System Status.................................................................................................... 188
TAS/TCAS I Traffic Failure Annunciations.......................................................................... 188
TAS/TCAS I Traffic Status Annunciations........................................................................... 188
ADS-B System Status............................................................................................................ 189
ADS-B Traffic Failure Annunciations.................................................................................. 189
ADS-B Traffic Status Annunciations................................................................................... 189
AUX-ADS-B Status Page Messages for ADS-B Traffic..................................................... 190
TCAS II Modes......................................................................................................................... 191
TCAS II Failure Annunciations on the Traffic Map.......................................................... 191
TCAS II Traffic Status Annunciations................................................................................. 192
SurfaceWatch Alerts.............................................................................................................. 192
GDL 69/69A SXM Data Link Receiver Messages.............................................................. 193
Flight Plan Import/Export Messages................................................................................. 193
Crew Profile Import/Export Messages.............................................................................. 194
Voice Alerts............................................................................................................................. 195
System Messages................................................................................................................... 196
APPENDIX.................................................................................................................. 215
SOFTKEY FUNCTION.......................................................................................................215
PFD Softkeys........................................................................................................................... 215
MFD Softkeys.......................................................................................................................... 222
DATABASE MANAGEMENT............................................................................................224
Loading Updated Databases............................................................................................... 224
Database Deletion Feature ............................................................................................... 233
Magnetic Field Variation Database Update..................................................................... 234
MAP SYMBOLS................................................................................................................235
Land Symbols ......................................................................................................................... 235
Aviation Symbols................................................................................................................... 236
Airspace Symbols................................................................................................................... 237
Airways Symbols.................................................................................................................... 238
Active Flight Plan Leg Type Symbols................................................................................. 238
Miscellaneous Symbols........................................................................................................ 239
INDEX..................................................................................................................... Index-1
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
v
Table of Contents
Blank Page
vi
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS
Changing Vspeeds and turning Vspeed flags on/off:
4)
Press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘On/Off’
field
5) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to On or counterclockwise to Off.
6)
To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Modifying Vspeeds (on, off, restore defaults):
5)
To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Press the MENU Key.
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired selection.
Press the ENT Key.
1
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
Appendix
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Changing Command Bar format:
1) Turn the FMS Knobs to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2) If necessary, press the Setup 1 Softkey to display the ‘Aux - System Setup
1’ Page.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Format Active’ in the ‘Flight Director’
box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired format.
’Single Cue’ to display Command Bars as a single cue.
Or:
’X Pointer’ to display Command Bars as a cross-pointer.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Press the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
AFCS
1)
2)
3)
4)
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
speed has been changed from a default value, an asterisk appears next to
the speed).
EISEIS
1) Press the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired Vspeed.
3) Use the small FMS Knob to change the Vspeed in 1-kt increments (when a
Setting the Selected Altitude:
Turn the ALT SEL Knob to set the Selected Altitude in 100-ft increments.
If set, the Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height (MDA/DH) value is also
available for the Selected Altitude.
When the altimeter is configured for metric units, the selected altitude is
adjusted in 50 meter increments.
Selecting the altitude display units:
1) Turn the FMS Knobs to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2) If necessary, press the Setup 1 Softkey to display the System Setup 1 Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘ALT, VS’ datafield in the ‘Display
Units’ Window.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight either ‘Feet(FT,FPM)’ or
‘Meters(MT,MPS)’ and press the ENT Key. This setting affects altitude
displays system-wide, in addition to those shown on the PFD.
Displaying altitude in meters:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2) Press the ALT Units Softkey.
3) Press the Meters Softkey to turn on metric altitude readouts.
4) Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
Selecting the altimeter barometric pressure setting:
Turn the BARO Knob to select the desired setting.
Selecting standard barometric pressure:
Press the BARO Knob to select standard pressure; STD BARO is displayed
in barometric setting box.
Or:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2) Press the STD Baro Softkey; STD BARO is displayed in barometric setting
box.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Instruments
2
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
AFCS
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Setting the Baro Transition Alerts:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) To enable/disable the Baro Transition Alert based on altitude, turn the large
FMS Knob to highlight the ‘On’ or ‘Off’ field for the BARO Transition Alert
Altitude in the BARO Transition Alert Box.
4) If desired, turn the small FMS Knob to set the BARO Transition Alert
Altitude On or Off.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Altitude field.
6) Use the FMS Knobs to change the altitude and press the ENT Key to
accept or press the CLR Key to return to the previous altitude selection.
7) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘On’ or ‘Off’ field for the BARO
Transition Alert Level.
8) If desired, turn the small FMS Knob to set the BARO Transition Alert Flight
Level On or Off.
EISEIS
Synchronizing the altimeter barometric pressure settings:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2) If necessary, press the Setup 1 Softkey to display the System Setup 1 Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘BARO’ in the ‘Synchronization’ box.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to On or counterclockwise to Off.
6) Push the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Changing altimeter barometric pressure setting units:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey to display the second-level softkeys.
2) Press the ALT Units Softkey.
3) Press the IN Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in inches of
mercury (in Hg).
Or, press the HPA Softkey to display the barometric pressure setting in
hectopascals (hPa).
4) Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
3
9) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Flight Level field.
10) Use the FMS Knobs to change the Flight Level for the alert and press the
ENT Key to accept or press the CLR Key to return to the previous altitude
selection.
11) Push the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor.
Setting the BARO QFE while on the ground:
1) Set the appropriate QFE BARO setting on both PFDs.
2) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘REF’ field in the BARO QFE Box.
5) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Manual’ or ‘FMS ORIG’, and press the
ENT Key to accept.
6) If ‘Manual’ was selected, use the FMS Knobs to enter the field elevation of
the departure airport in the ‘ELEV’ field and press the ENT Key.
7) If ‘FMS ORIG’ was selected, the field elevation of the selected departure
airport/runway from the flight plan will be shown in the BARO QFE Box.
Verify this information is correct.
8) The ‘On/Off’ Field will automatically highlight, turn the small FMS Knob to
change the selection from ‘Off’ to ‘On’.
9) Push the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor. QFE mode is now active.
Change the BARO setting on both PFDs to STD BARO to disable BARO QFE.
Setting the BARO QFE while in flight:
NOTE: Changing the BARO setting with the autopilot engaged in ALT mode
will result in the aircraft slowly climbing or descending to return to the original
indicated altitude.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Set the BARO setting to STD BARO on both PFDs.
Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘REF’ field in the BARO QFE Box.
Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Manual’ or ‘FMS DEST’, and press the
ENT Key to accept.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Instruments
4
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Adjusting the Selected Heading:
Turn the HDG Knob to set the Selected Heading.
Press the HDG Knob to synchronize the bug to the current heading.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
AFCS
Enabling/disabling the HSI Map on the PFD:
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the Layout Softkey.
3) Press the HSI Map Softkey to enable the HSI Map.
Or:
Press the Map Off Softkey to disable the HSI Map.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Setting the Baro Transition Alerts:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2) Push the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Altitude or Level in the Baro Transition
Alert box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to turn the alerts ‘OFF’ or ‘ON’ and press the ENT
Key.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to change the altitude or level and press the ENT
Key.
6) To cancel the selection, push the FMS Knob.
EISEIS
If ‘Manual’ was selected, use the FMS Knobs to enter the field elevation of
the destination airport in the ‘ELEV’ field and press the ENT Key.
7) If ‘FMS DEST’ was selected, the field elevation of the selected destination
airport/runway from the flight plan will be shown in the BARO QFE Box.
Verify this information is correct.
8) The ‘On/Off’ Field will automatically highlight, turn the small FMS Knob to
change the selection from ‘Off’ to ‘On’.
9) Push the FMS Knob to deactivate the cursor. BARO QFE mode is now
armed.
10) Enter the desired QFE BARO setting to activate the BARO QFE mode.
Change the BARO setting on both PFDs to STD BARO to disable BARO QFE.
The desired BARO setting can now be entered.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
6)
5
Adjusting the Selected Course:
Turn the CRS Knob to set the Selected Course.
Press the CRS Knob to re-center the CDI and return the course pointer to
the bearing of the active waypoint or navigation station (see OBS Mode for
adjusting a GPS course).
Changing the navigation angle setting:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2) If necessary, press the Setup 1 Softkey to display the System Setup 1 Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight NAV Angle setting in the Display Units
box.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the
ENT Key.
• True - References angles to true north (denoted with ‘T’)
• Magnetic - Angles corrected to the computed magnetic variation (‘Mag
Var’)
Directional Gyro (DG) Mode (GRS 7800 Installations Only)
Selecting DG Mode:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2) Press the Sensors Softkey.
3) Press the HDG Softkey.
4) Press the DG Slave Softkey to activate DG mode. Press the DG Free
Softkey to deactivate DG mode.
5) Press the Back Softkey three times to return to the top-level softkeys.
The HDG-, HDG+, HDG SYNC, and TRACK SYNC keys are enabled, and can be operated as follows:
• Pressing the HDG- Softkey or the HDG+ Softkey to slew the heading up or down.
• Pressing the HDG SYNC Bug softkey to synchronize the heading to the current
selected heading
• Pressing the TRACK SYNC softkey to synchronize the heading to the current track
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Instruments
6
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
AFCS
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Synchronizing the CDIs:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2) If necessary, press the Setup 1 Softkey to display the System Setup 1 Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘CDI Sync’ in the Synchronization
box.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to On or counterclockwise to Off.
6) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Changing navigation sources:
1) Press the CDI Softkey to change from GPS to VOR1 or LOC1. This places
the cyan tuning box over the NAV1 standby frequency in the upper left
corner of the PFD.
2) Press the CDI Softkey again to change from VOR1 or LOC1 to VOR2 or
LOC2. This places the cyan tuning box over the NAV2 standby frequency.
3) Press the CDI Softkey a third time to return to GPS.
EISEIS
Displaying the DME Information Window:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2) Press the DME Softkey to display the DME Information Window above the
BRG1 Information Window.
3) To remove the DME Information Window, press the DME Softkey again.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Selecting bearing display and changing sources:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2) Press either Bearing 1 or Bearing 2 Softkey to display the desired bearing
pointer and information window with a NAV source.
3) Press either Bearing 1 or Bearing 2 Softkey again to change the bearing
source to GPS.
4) Press either Bearing 1 or Bearing 2 Softkey a third time to change the
bearing source to ADF (note: ADF radio installation is optional).
5) To remove the bearing pointer and information window, press either
Bearing 1 or Bearing 2 Softkey again.
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
7
Changing the selected GPS CDI setting:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD.
2) If necessary, press the Setup 1 Softkey to display the ‘Aux - System Setup
1’ Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Format Allowed selection in the
GPS CDI box.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired setting and press the
ENT Key.
6) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
Enabling/disabling OBS Mode while navigating a GPS flight plan:
1) Press the OBS Softkey to select OBS Mode.
2) Turn the CRS Knob to select the desired course to/from the waypoint. Press
the CRS Knob to synchronize the Selected Course with the bearing to the
next waypoint.
3) Press the OBS Softkey again to return to automatic waypoint sequencing.
GARMIN SVT (SYNTHETIC VISION TECHNOLOGY)
WARNING: Use appropriate primary systems for navigation, and for terrain,
obstacle, and traffic avoidance. SVT is intended as an aid to situational awareness
only and may not provide either the accuracy or reliability upon which to solely
base decisions and/or plan maneuvers to avoid terrain, obstacles, or traffic.
NOTE: Do not use the flight path marker as a flight director.
Activating and deactivating SVT:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2) Press the SVT Softkey.
3) Press the Terrain Softkey. The SVT display will cycle on or off with each
press of the Terrain Softkey.
4) Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Instruments
8
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
AFCS
Activating and deactivating Airport Signs:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2) Press the SVT Softkey.
3) Press the APT Sign Softkey. Display of Airport Signs will cycle on or off
with each press of the APT Sign Softkey.
4) Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
EISEIS
Activating and deactivating Horizon Headings:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2) Press the SVT Softkey.
3) Press the HDG LBL Softkey. The Horizon Heading display will cycle on or
off with each press of the HDG LBL Softkey.
4) Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Activating and deactivating Pathways:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2) Press the SVT Softkey.
3) Press the Pathways Softkey. The Pathways display will cycle on or off with
each press of the Pathways Softkey.
4) Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Enabling/Disabling SVT Field of View on the Navigation Map:
1) While viewing the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page, press the MENU Key to
display the ‘Page Menu’ Window.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Map Settings’ and press the ENT
Key.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the ‘Map’ Group options to
‘Field of View’.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ page.
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
9
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Instruments
SUPPLEMENTAL FLIGHT DATA
Setting the Generic Timer:
1)
Press the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
2)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the timer field (HH:MM:SS).
3)
Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The Up/Dn field is now highlighted.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Up/Down Window.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Up’ or ‘Dn’.
7)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Start?’ is now highlighted.
8)
Press the ENT Key to start the timer. The field changes to ‘Stop?’. If the
timer is counting Down, it will start counting Up after reaching zero.
9)
To stop the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘Stop?’ highlighted. The field
changes to ‘Reset?’.
10) To reset the timer, press the ENT Key with ‘Reset?’ highlighted. The field
changes back to ‘Start?’ and the digits are reset.
11) To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Changing temperature display units:
1) Select the ‘AUX - System Setup 1’ Page on the MFD using the FMS Knob.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the TEMP field in the Display Units box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight either ‘Celsius or Fahrenheit’ and
press the ENT Key to confirm the selection.
5) To cancel the selection, press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
Displaying wind data:
1) Press the PFD Opt Softkey.
2) Press the Wind Softkey to display wind data below the Selected Heading.
3) Press one of the Option softkeys to change how wind data is displayed:
• Option 1: Wind direction arrow and speed
• Option 2: Wind direction arrow with true digital direction and speed
• Option 3: Wind direction arrows with headwind, tailwind, and
crosswind speed components
4) To remove the window, press the Off Softkey.
10
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Instruments
Setting the barometric Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision Height
and bug:
EISEIS
1) Press the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Minimums field.
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select BARO, TEMP COMP, or RAD ALT. Off
is selected by default. Press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS Knob to
highlight the next field.
4)
Use the small FMS Knob to enter the desired altitude (from zero to 16,000
feet when ‘BARO’ or ‘TEMP COMP’ is selected, or up to 2,500 feet when
‘RAD ALT’ is selected).
5)
If TEMP COMP was selected, press the ENT Key or turn the large FMS
Knob to highlight the next field and then enter the temperature (-59˚C to
59˚C)
To remove the window, press the CLR Key or the Tmr/Ref Softkey.
AFCS
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Testing the Radar Altimeter (KRA 405B only):
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX page group on the MFD.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘AUX - System Status 1’ Page.
3) Press the RA Test Softkey to enable or disable the test.
The ‘RA TEST’ annunciation is displayed above the RA box. To cancel the
test, press the RA TEST Softkey again, or turn the FMS Knob to exit the
AUX - System Status Page.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
2)
6)
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
PFD ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTING FUNCTIONS
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
11
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Instruments
Blank Page
12
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Engine Indication System
2
2
3
4
AFCS
4
6
7
Appendix
Appendix
7
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
6
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
5
5
8
Index
Index
8
(Normal Mode)
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
1
1
EISEIS
NOTE: The gauges displayed and the values shown in this section are taken
from an example Beechcraft 200/B200 configuration. Refer to the flight
manual for specific values and operating limitations.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
ENGINE INDICATION SYSTEM
(Reversionary Mode)
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
13
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Engine Indication System
NOTE: Refer to the flight manual for specific engine gauge values and
operating limitations.
Interstage
Turbine
Temperature
The Interstage Turbine Temperature (ITT) Gauge is located at the top of the
EIS display. This gauge differs for engine start and running conditions.
2
Torque
The Torque Gauge displays engine power in foot-pounds and is located
beneath the ITT gauge.
4
Propeller Sync
Displays a diamond when propellers are in sync. Indicates when propellers
are out of sync by the diamond changing to an arrowhead. The arrowhead
points towards the propeller turning at a higher-speed.
3
Propeller
Tachometer
The Tachometer displays the propeller speed in revolutions per minute
(RPM). The Tachometer is equipped with a propeller sync indicator, which
points towards the higher-speed propeller when propellers are out of
sync. The indicator changes linearly with RPM difference between the left
and right propellers. A full diamond is displayed when the propellers are
synchronized and transitions to a full arrowhead when the difference is
greater or equal to 50 rpm.
5
Turbine Speed
Displays turbine speed in a percentage of the revolutions per minute (rpm)
6
Fuel Flow
Displays current fuel flow in pounds per hour (pph)
7
Oil Pressure
The Oil Pressure Gauge is located beneath the Fuel Flow gauge. Oil
pressure is displayed in pounds per square inch (psi) from 0 to 200 psi.
Safe operating pressure is more than 90 psi and less than 135 psi (varies
based on altitude above FL210 and type of engines installed; refer to the
current version of the pertinent flight manual). A red triangle represents the
maximum oil transient pressure at 200 psi.
8
Oil Temperature
Displays the oil temperature in degrees Celsius (°C)
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
1
14
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
NAV/COM/TRANSPONDER/AUDIO PANEL
COM OPERATION
Adjust the volume level with the COM VOL/SQ Knob.
4)
Press the COM VOL/SQ Knob to turn automatic squelch on and off.
15
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
Appendix
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Auto-tuning a COM frequency from the WPT and NRST Pages:
1) From any page that the COM frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the
cursor by pressing the FMS Knob or pressing the appropriate softkey.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired COM frequency.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Auto-tuning a COM frequency for a nearby airport from the PFD:
1) Press the Nearest Softkey on the PFD to open the Nearest Airports Window.
A list of 25 nearest airport identifiers and COM frequencies is displayed.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the list and highlight the desired COM
frequency.
3) Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the COM Standby
Frequency Field.
4) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the COM
Active Frequency Field.
AFCS
Manual COM frequency tuning from the PFD/MFD Controller
1) Press the COM Key to enable the FMS Knob for COM tuning. The COM
Tuning Selection Box is shown.
2) Press the COM Key again, if needed, to select the desired COM radio (1 or
2).
3) Turn the FMS Knob to tune the desired frequency in the COM Tuning Box
(large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz).
Or:
Press the numeric keys on the keypad to enter a Frequency.
4) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the active field.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
3)
EISEIS
Manually tuning a COM frequency:
1) Turn the COM Knob to tune the desired frequency (large knob for MHz;
small knob for kHz).
2) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the active field.
3)
Press the ENT Key to display the ‘Load Frequency’ Window.
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired COM frequency field.
5)
Press the ENT Key to load the COM frequency into the selected COM
frequency field.
Changing COM frequency channel spacing:
1) Select the ‘AUX – System Setup 1’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Channel Spacing Field in the
COM Configuration Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired channel spacing.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the channel spacing selection.
NAV OPERATION
Manually tuning a NAV frequency:
1) Turn the NAV Knob to tune the desired frequency in the NAV Tuning Box.
2) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the NAV Active
Frequency Field.
3)
Adjust the volume level with the NAV VOL/ID Knob.
4)
Press the NAV VOL/ID Knob to turn the Morse code identifier audio on and
off.
Manual NAV frequency tuning from the PFD/MFD Controller
1) Press the NAV Key to enable the FMS Knob for NAV tuning. The NAV
Tuning Selection Box is shown.
2) Press the NAV Key again, if needed, to select the desired NAV radio (1 or
2).
3) Turn the FMS Knob to tune the desired frequency in the NAV Tuning Box
(large knob for MHz; small knob for kHz).
Or:
Press the numeric keys on the keypad to enter a Frequency.
4) Press the Frequency Transfer Key to transfer the frequency to the active field.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
16
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the DME tuning mode.
3)
Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
AFCS
MODE S TRANSPONDERS
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
2)
EISEIS
Selecting DME transceiver pairing:
1) Press the DME Softkey to display the DME Tuning Window.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Auto-tuning a NAV frequency from the WPT and NRST Pages:
1) From any page that the NAV frequency can be auto-tuned, activate the
cursor by pressing the FMS Knob or the appropriate softkey.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired NAV identifier or
NAV frequency.
3) On the Nearest VOR and Nearest Airports pages, press the FREQ Softkey to
place the cursor on the NAV frequency.
4) Press the ENT Key to display the ‘Load Frequency’ Window.
5) Turn the FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired NAV frequency field.
6) Press the ENT Key to load the NAV frequency into the selected NAV
frequency field.
Selecting and activating Transponder 1 or Transponder 2:
1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2) Press the XPDR1 Softkey or the XPDR2 Softkey to select and activate the
desired transponder.
GTX 33D/335R/345R Transponder Mode Selection
Appendix
Appendix
The ON indication and transponder code in the Transponder Data Box will appear
green while airborne and white while on the ground.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Selecting a transponder mode:
1) Press the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
2) Press the XPDR1 or XPDR2 Softkey to select the active transponder.
3) Press the desired softkey to activate the transponder mode.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
GTX 33D/335R/345R Transponder Controls
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
17
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
GTX 3000 TCAS II Transponder Mode Selection (optional)
Selecting a transponder mode:
1) Press the XPDR/TFC Softkey.
2) Press the MODE Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys.
3) Press the desired softkey to activate the transponder mode (STBY, On, or
ALT).
Selecting a TCAS II mode:
1) Press the XPDR/TFC Softkey.
2) Press the MODE Softkey to display the TCAS II Mode Selection Softkeys.
3) Press the desired softkey to activate the TCAS II mode (TA Only or TA/RA).
Entering a transponder code with softkeys:
1) Press the XPDR or XPDR/TFC Softkey to display the Transponder Mode
Selection Softkeys.
2) Press the Code Softkey to display the Transponder Code Selection Softkeys,
for digit entry.
3) Press the digit softkeys to enter the code in the code field. When entering
the code, the next softkey in sequence must be selected within 10 seconds,
or the entry is cancelled and restored to the previous code. Pressing the
BKSP Softkey moves the code selection cursor to the previous digit. Five
seconds after the fourth digit has been entered, the transponder code
becomes active.
Entering a transponder code with the PFD FMS Knob:
1) Press the XPDR or XPDR/TFC and the Code Softkeys as in the previous
procedure to enable code entry.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the first two code digits.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next code field.
4) Enter the last two code digits with the small FMS Knob.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete code digit entry.
Entering a transponder code with the PFD/MFD Controller:
1) Press the XPDR Key to select the transponder code field.
18
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
Turn the small FMS Knob on the PFD to enter the first two code digits, turn
the large FMS Knob to select the last two digits, and turn the small FMS
Knob to enter the last two code digits.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
2)
Or:
EISEIS
Press the numeric keys on the keypad to enter a code.
INTERCOM SYSTEM (ICS) (GMA 1347)
The CABIN Key initiates two way communication between the pilot or copilot and
the passengers in the cabin. The annunciator is lit when the cabin intercom is active on
either Audio Panel.
When the flight crew wants to communicate with the passengers, the pilot or copilot
presses the CABIN Key to signal that communication is desired. The cabin signal must be
acknowledged to begin intercom conversation.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
19
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Appendix
Appendix
Press the CREW ICS Key and/or the PASS ICS Key to enable intercom audio for the
selected position. If the annunciators are lit, those positions will share intercom audio. If
an annunciator is NOT lit that position is isolated from the others. The CREW ICS Key is
shared betweeen the Audio Panels for ICS distribution. The PASS ICS Key is not shared
betweeen the Audio Panels for ICS distribution.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
The GMA 1360D includes an intercom system, two MUSIC inputs, and one telephone/
entertainment input for the pilot, copilot and passengers. The intercom provides Crew
and Passenger audio isolation.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
INTERCOM SYSTEM (ICS) (GMA 1360)
AFCS
The MAN SQ Key allows either automatic or manual control of the intercom squelch
setting. Pressing the MAN SQ Key enables manual squelch control, indicated by the MAN
SQ annunciator.
• When the MAN SQ Annunciator is extinguished (Automatic Squelch is on), the ICS
Knob controls only the volume (pressing the ICS Knob has no effect on the VOL/
SQ selection).
• When the MAN SQ Annunciator is illuminated (Manual Squelch), the ICS Knob
controls either volume or squelch (selected by pressing the ICS Knob and indicated
by the VOL or SQ annunciation).
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Pressing the INTR COM Key on either Audio Panel selects and deselects the intercom
on both Audio Panels. The annunciator is lit when the intercom is active. The intercom
connects the pilot and copilot together. Either the pilot or copilot may select or deselect
the intercom.
Intercom Modes
Audio
Panel #1
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
20
Audio
Panel #2
Pilot Hears
Copilot Hears
Passenger Hears
Onside Radios
Aural Alerts
Onside Radios
Aural Alerts
Passenger MIC
Onside Radios
Aural Alerts
Copilot MIC
Onside Radios
Aural Alerts
Pilot MIC
Passenger MIC
Onside Radios
Aural Alerts
Passenger MIC
Onside Radios
Aural Alerts
Pilot MIC
Passenger MIC
Pilot Selected Radios
Onside Radios
Aural Alerts
Onside Radios
Aural Alerts
Passenger MIC
Copilot MIC
Passenger MIC
Copilot Selected Radios
Onside Radios
Aural Alerts
Copilot MIC
Passenger MIC
Onside Radios
Aural Alerts
Pilot MIC
Pilot MIC
Passenger MIC
Pilot Selected Radios
Onside Radios
Aural Alerts
Passenger MIC
Onside Radios
Aural Alerts
Passenger MIC
Pilot MIC
Copilot MIC
Passenger MIC
Pilot Selected Radios
Copilot Selected Radios
Onside Radios
Aural Alerts
Copilot MIC
Onside Radios
Aural Alerts
Pilot MIC
Passenger MIC
Copilot MIC
Passenger MIC
Copilot Selected Radios
Onside Radios
Aural Alerts
Copilot MIC
Passenger MIC
Onside Radios
Aural Alerts
Pilot MIC
Passenger MIC
Pilot MIC
Copilot MIC
Passenger MIC
Pilot Selected Radios
Copilot Selected Radios
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
A passenger address system is provided by pressing the PA Key to deliver messages to
the passengers. The message is heard by the other pilot on the headset only if the CREW
ICS Key is enabled. PA messages are one way from the flight deck to the passengers.
A Push-to-talk (PTT) must be pressed to deliver PA announcements to the passengers
over their headphones.
When PA is selected on the Audio Panel, the annunciator flashes about once per second
while pressing the PTT, the COM MIC annunciators are no longer lit, and the active COM
frequency for that Audio Panel changes to white, indicating that there is no COM selected.
Pressing the PLAY Key once plays the latest recorded memory block and then returns
to normal operation. Pressing the PLAY Key again during play of a memory block plays
the previously recorded memory block. If a COM input signal is detected during play of
a recorded memory block, play is halted.
Press the microphone push-to-talk button to stop playback.
BLUE-SELECT MODE (GMA 1360)
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
21
Index
Index
The annunciator over the TEL Button will be flashing blue. Any combination of the
annunciators over the CREW ICS Button and the PASS ICS Button may be blue. Select
the desired button to turn the blue annunciator on or off to distribute the telephone audio
to selected crew/passenger positions. Turn the large knob to select MUS1 or MUS2, and
Appendix
Appendix
The Blue-Select Mode is entered by pressing the small knob when the volume control
cursor (flashing white annunciator) is not active. If the volume control cursor is active,
press the small knob twice. The first press will cancel the volume control cursor, the
second will activate Blue-Select Mode.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Powering off the unit automatically clears all recorded blocks.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
The PLAY Key controls the play function. The PLAY annunciator remains lit to indicate
when play is in progress. The PLAY annunciator turns off after playback is finished.
AFCS
CLEARANCE RECORDER AND PLAYER
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
PASSENGER ADDRESS (PA) SYSTEM
EISEIS
The VOL/CRSR Knob controls selection and volume or manual squelch adjustment
for audio sources that may not be adjustable anywhere else in the system. The small knob
controls the volume or squelch. Turning the large knob activates and/or moves the cursor
(flashing white annunciator or flashing blue annunciator in Blue-Select Mode) to select
the audio source to adjust. The cursor will time-out after a few seconds and the position
of the cursor will always default back to the CREW Key. Pressing the small knob cancels
the cursor.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Intercom Volume and Squelch
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Selecting any button other than CREW ICS, PASS ICS, TEL, MUS1, or MUS2 will
cancel Blue-Select Mode. Pressing the VOL/SQ Knob will also cancel Blue-Select Mode.
After approximately ten seconds with no input, the Blue-Select Mode will automatically
cancel.
BLUETOOTH® SETUP (GMA 1360)
Pairing a Bluetooth Device with an Audio Panel
Press and hold the VOL/SQ Knob for two seconds. The Bluetooth Annunciator flashes
to indicate the unit is discoverable and the aural message “Bluetooth discoverable” is
heard. The Audio Panel will remain discoverable for 90 seconds or until a successful pair
is established.
Assigning an Audio Source to the Bluetooth Device
Press the TEL Key, the MUS1 Key, or the MUS2 Key until the annunciator turns blue
(the audio from the Bluetooth source will not be heard until this step is complete). The
annunciator cycles OFF-WHITE-BLUE. WHITE selects the wired audio source. BLUE
selects the Bluetooth audio source. The BLUE source assignment will persist through
Bluetooth audio connection disruptions.
NOTE: The Bluetooth audio can only be assigned to one source per Audio
Panel at a time. Once the Bluetooth audio is assigned to an audio source, the
remaining entertainment audio sources on that Audio Panel will only cycle
between OFF and WHITE.
Bluetooth audio will maintain a separate volume level and Blue Select distribution
from the wired audio source. If the Bluetooth connection is supporting a phone call, all
intercom positions listening to that source can also speak on the call through the headset
MICs.
Additional Bluetooth Control Functions
When the Audio Panel detects a recording device as the Bluetooth connected device,
the CREW ICS Annunciator will turn BLUE. All audio heard by the Pilot will be recorded.
Press and hold the CREW ICS Button to enable/disable Bluetooth Recording mode.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
select the crew/passenger positions to receive the music audio. The CREW ICS Key is
not shared betweeen the Audio Panels for Blue-Select Mode. The PASS ICS Key is shared
betweeen the Audio Panels for Blue-Select Mode.
EISEIS
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
22
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
EISEIS
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Setting the Audio Panels during preflight:
1) Verify that the CREW ICS and PASS ICS annunciators are lit.
2) Adjust radio volume levels (COM, NAV, etc.) to a suitable level.
3) Use the Blue-Select Mode to distribute TEL, MUS1, and MUS2 appropriately.
4) Use the VOL/SQ Knob to adjust the intercom volumes to the desired level.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
AUDIO PANELS PREFLIGHT PROCEDURE
AFCS
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
23
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Nav/Com/XPDR/Audio Panel
Blank Page
24
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT
INTRODUCTION
Index
Index
25
Appendix
Appendix
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Enabling/disabling Auto North Up and selecting the minimum
switching range:
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Menu is displayed.
3) Select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
AFCS
Changing the Navigation Map orientation:
1) With the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key.
The cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key to display the ‘Map Settings’ Window.
3) Select the ‘Map’ Group.
4) Press the ENT Key
5) Turn the large FMS Knob, or press the ENT Key once, to select the
‘Orientation’ Field.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired orientation.
7) Press the ENT Key to select the new orientation.
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the base page.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
USING MAP DISPLAYS
EISEIS
Changing a field in the MFD Navigation Data Bar:
1) Select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field number in the ‘MFD
Data Bar Fields’ Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display and scroll through the data options list
to select the desired data.
5) Press the ENT Key. Pressing the Defaults Softkey returns all fields to the
default setting.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
5)
Highlight the ‘North Up Above’ Field.
6)
Select ‘On’ or ‘Off’ using the small FMS Knob.
7)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor
highlights the range field.
8)
Use the small FMS Knob to select the desired range.
9)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option.
10) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
MAP RANGE
Configuring automatic zoom:
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Menu is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Auto Zoom’ On/Off Field, and
select ‘Off’ or ‘On’ using the small FMS Knob.
6) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor
highlights the ‘Auto Zoom’ display selection Field.
7) Select ‘MFD’, ‘PFD’, or ‘All’ using the small FMS Knob.
8) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option. The flashing cursor
highlights the ‘Max Look FWD’ Field. Times are from zero to 999 minutes.
9) Use the FMS Knobs to set the time. Press the ENT Key.
10) Repeat step 9 for ‘Min Look FWD’ (zero to 99 minutes) and ‘Time Out’ (zero
to 99 minutes).
11) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
MAP PANNING
Panning the map:
1) Press the Joystick to display the Map Pointer.
2) Move the Joystick to move the Map Pointer around the map.
3) Press the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer and recenter the map on the
aircraft’s current position.
26
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
AFCS
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Measuring bearing and distance between any two points:
1) Press the MENU Key (with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed).
2) Use the FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Measure Bearing/Distance’ Field.
3) Press the ENT Key. A Measure Pointer is displayed on the map at the
aircraft’s present position.
4) Move the Joystick to place the reference pointer at the desired location.
The bearing and distance are displayed at the top of the map. Elevation
at the current pointer position is also displayed. Pressing the ENT Key
changes the starting point for measuring.
5) To exit the Measure Bearing/Distance option, press the Joystick; or select
‘Stop Measuring’ from the ‘Page Menu’ Window and press the ENT Key.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
MEASURING BEARING AND DISTANCE
EISEIS
Reviewing information for a special-use or controlled airspace:
1) With the desired map page displayed on the MFD, push the Joystick to
display the Map Pointer and place the Map Pointer on an open area within
the boundaries of an airspace. (As the Map Pointer crosses the airspace
boundary, the boundary is highlighted and airspace information is shown.)
2) Press the ENT Key to display an options menu.
3) ‘Review Airspaces’ should already be highlighted, if not select it. Press the
ENT Key to display the ‘Information’ Window for the selected airspace.
4) Press the FMS Knob, the CLR Key, or the ENT Key to exit the ‘Information’
Window.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Reviewing information for an airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint:
1) With the desired map page displayed on the MFD, push the Joystick to
display the Map Pointer and place the Map Pointer on a waypoint.
2) Press the ENT Key to display the ‘WPT - Waypoint Information’ Page for the
selected waypoint.
3) Press the Go Back Softkey, the CLR Key, or the ENT Key to exit the ‘WPT Waypoint Information’ Page and return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page
showing the selected waypoint.
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
27
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
TOPOGRAPHY
Displaying/removing topographic data on all MFD pages
displaying navigation maps:
1) Press the MAP Opt Softkey.
2) Press the TER Softkey until ‘Off’ is shown on the softkey to remove
topographic data from the navigation map. When topographic data
is removed from the page, all navigation data is presented on a black
background.
Displaying/removing topographic data on the PFD Inset Map or
the HSI Map:
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the Topo Softkey.
3) Press the TER Softkey until ‘Off’ is shown on the softkey to remove
topographic data from the navigation map. When topographic data
is removed from the page, all navigation data is presented on a black
background.
Displaying/removing topographic data using the ‘Map - Navigation
Map’ ‘Page Menu’ Window:
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Menu is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Terrain Display’ ‘Off, Topo, REL’
field.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Topo’ or ‘Off’.
7) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Selecting a topographical data range (Terrain Display):
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Menu is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ group.
28
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Press the ENT Key.
5)
Use the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Terrain Display’ range field.
Ranges are from 1 nm to 1000 nm.
6)
To change the Terrain Display range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to
display the range list.
7)
Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
8)
Press the ENT Key.
9)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
4)
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
190-02040-01 Rev. B
AFCS
Decluttering the MFD navigation map:
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Setting up the ‘Land’, ‘Aviation’ or ‘Airspace’ group items:
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Menu is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired group.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the first field.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired option.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired setting (e.g. On/Off or
maximum range).
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option and move the cursor to the
next item.
8) Repeat steps 5-7 as necessary.
9) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
EISEIS
Displaying/removing the topographic scale (Topo Scale):
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Menu is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ group and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Topo Scale’ Field.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
29
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
Press the Detail Softkey with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed.
The current declutter level is shown. With each softkey press, another level
of map information is removed.
Decluttering the PFD Map:
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the Detail Softkey. The current declutter level is shown. With each
selection, another level of map information is removed.
AIRWAYS
Displaying/removing airways:
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2) Press the AWY Softkey. Both High and Low Altitude Airways are displayed
(AWY On).
3) Press the softkey again to display Low Altitude Airways only (AWY LO).
4) Press the softkey again to display High Altitude Airways only (AWY HI).
5) Press the softkey again to remove High Altitude Airways. No airways are
displayed (AWY Off).
Selecting an airway range (Low ALT Airways or High ALT Airways):
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airways’ Group, and press the ENT
Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Low ALT Airways’ or ‘High ALT
Airways’ range field.
5) To change the range setting, turn the small FMS Knob to display the range
list.
6) Select the desired range using the small FMS Knob.
7) Press the ENT Key.
8) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
ADDITIONAL NAVIGATION MAP ITEMS
30
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
AFCS
AIRPORTS
Index
Index
31
Appendix
Appendix
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Selecting a runway:
1) With the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (Info 1 Softkey) displayed, press
the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘Runways’ Box, on the
runway designator.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the desired runway (if more than one)
for the selected airport.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Selecting an airport for review by identifier, facility name, or
location:
1) From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (Info 1 Softkey), press the FMS
Knob.
2) Use the FMS Knobs and enter an identifier, facility name, or location within
the ‘Airport’ Box.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
EISEIS
WAYPOINTS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Setting up Additional Map Group items:
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor flashes on the first field.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired option.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
Or:
If it is a data field, use the FMS Knob to select the range or time value.
7) Press the ENT Key to accept the selected option and move the cursor to the
next item.
8) Repeat steps 5-7 as necessary.
9) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
4)
To remove the flashing cursor, press the FMS Knob.
Viewing a destination airport:
From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (Info 1 Softkey) press the
Viewing information for a nearest airport on the PFD:
1) Press the Nearest Softkey to display the ‘Nearest Airports’ Window. Press
the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2) Highlight the airport identifier with the FMS Knob and press the ENT Key
to display the ‘Airport Information’ Window.
3) To return to the ‘Nearest Airports’ Window press the ENT Key (with the
cursor on ‘Back’) or press the CLR Key. The cursor is now on the next
airport in the nearest airports list. (Repeatedly pressing the ENT Key moves
through the airport list, alternating between the ‘Nearest Airports’ Window
and the ‘Airport Information’ Window.)
4) Press the CLR Key or the Nearest Softkey to close the PFD ‘Nearest
Airports’ Window.
Viewing information for a nearest airport on the MFD:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘NRST’ Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘NRST - Nearest Airports’ Page (it is
the first page of the group, so it may already be selected). If there are no
Nearest Airports available, “None Within 200nm” is displayed.
3) Press the APT Softkey; or press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key,
highlight ‘Select Airport Window’ and press the ENT Key. The cursor is
placed in the ‘Nearest Airports’ Box. The first airport in the nearest airports
list is highlighted.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired airport. (Pressing the ENT Key
also moves to the next airport.)
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Viewing runway information for a specific airport:
1) With the ‘NRST - Nearest Airports’ Page displayed, press the RNWY
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
MENU Key. Select ‘View Destination Airport’. The Destination Airport is
displayed.
32
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Viewing Nearest Non-Airport Waypoints:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘NRST’ Page Group.
AFCS
Viewing Non-Airport Waypoints:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘WPT’ Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘WPT - Intersection, NDB, VOR, VRP,
or User WPT Information’ Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to display the flashing cursor in the ‘Intersection, NDB,
VOR, VRP, or User Waypoint’ Box.
4) Use the FMS Knobs and enter an identifier, facility name, or location.
5) Press the ENT Key, if needed.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
NON-AIRPORT WAYPOINTS
EISEIS
Selecting nearest airport surface and minimum runway length
matching criteria:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Runway Surface’ Field in the
‘Nearest Airport’ Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway option (Any, Hard
Only, Hard/ Soft).
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the ‘Minimum Length’ Field in the
‘Nearest Airport’ Box.
6) Use the FMS Knob to enter the minimum runway length (zero to 25,000
feet) and press the ENT Key.
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Runway Window’; and
press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘Runways’ Box.
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
33
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘NRST - Nearest Intersections, NDB,
VOR, VRP, or User WPTS’ Page.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to display the flashing cursor in the ‘Nearest INT, NDB,
VOR, VRP, or User’ Box,
Or:
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
If the ‘NRST - Nearest VOR’ Page is displayed.
Press the VOR Softkey.
4)
If needed, press the ENT Key or turn either FMS Knob as needed to select
an identifier.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Creating User Waypoints
Creating user waypoints from the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’
Page:
1) Press the New Softkey, or press the MENU Key and select ‘Create New
User Waypoint’.
2) Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
3) Press the ENT Key. The current aircraft position is the default location of
the new waypoint.
4) If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the
following ways:
Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key,
and enter the two reference waypoint identifiers and radials into the
‘Reference Waypoints’ Window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and
enter the reference waypoint identifier, the radial, and the distance into
the ‘Reference Waypoints’ Window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and
enter the latitude and longitude into the ‘Information’ Window using
the FMS Knobs.
5) Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
6) If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to temporary by
34
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
moving the cursor to “Temporary” and pressing the ENT Key to check or
uncheck the box.
Or:
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
2)
Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
3)
Press the ENT Key. The message ‘Are you sure you want to create the new
User Waypoint AAAAAA?’ is displayed.
4)
With ‘Yes’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5)
If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the
following ways:
EISEIS
1)
Or:
Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and
enter the latitude and longitude into the ‘Information’ Window using
the FMS Knobs.
Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
7)
If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to “Temporary” or
“Normal” by moving the cursor to “Temporary” and pressing the ENT Key
to check or uncheck the box.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
35
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Appendix
Appendix
Creating a user waypoint from the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
3) Select the point in the flight plan before which to add the new user
waypoint. The new waypoint is placed directly in front of the highlighted
waypoint.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
6)
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Or:
AFCS
Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and
enter the reference waypoint identifier, the radial, and the distance into
the ‘Reference Waypoints’ Window using the FMS Knobs.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key,
and enter the two reference waypoint identifiers and radials into the
‘Reference Waypoints’ Window using the FMS Knobs.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window.
(Turning it clockwise displays a blank ‘Waypoint Information’ Window,
turning it counter-clockwise displays the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan,
nearest, recent, or user waypoints).
5)
Enter the name of the new user waypoint (a waypoint that does not match
any existing waypoint in the database) and press the ENT Key.
6)
The message ‘AAAAA does not exist. Create User Waypoint?’ is displayed.
Press the ENT Key with ‘Yes’ highlighted.
7)
The ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page is displayed. If desired, define the
type and location of the waypoint in one of the following ways:
Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key,
and enter the two reference waypoint identifiers and radials into the
‘Reference Waypoints’ Window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and
enter the reference waypoint identifier, the radial, and the distance into
the ‘Reference Waypoints’ Window using the FMS Knobs.
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
Or:
Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and
enter the latitude and longitude into the ‘Information’ Window using
the FMS Knobs.
8)
Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
9)
If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to temporary or
normal by moving the cursor to “Temporary” and pressing the ENT Key to
check or uncheck the box.
10) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Load WPT to FPL’ and press the
ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page is displayed with the new user
waypoint added to the flight plan.
Creating user waypoints from map pages:
1) Push the Joystick to activate the panning function and pan to the map
location of the desired user waypoint.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page is displayed
with the captured position.
36
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Enter a user waypoint name (up to six characters).
4)
Press the ENT Key to accept the selected name.
5)
If desired, define the type and location of the waypoint in one of the
following ways:
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
3)
Select “RAD/DIS” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and
enter the reference waypoint identifier, the radial, and the distance into
the ‘Reference Waypoints’ Window using the FMS Knobs.
Or:
Select “LAT/LON” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key, and
enter the latitude and longitude into the ‘Information’ Window using
the FMS Knobs.
7)
If desired, change the storage method of the waypoint to temporary or
normal by moving the cursor to “Temporary” and pressing the ENT Key to
check or uncheck the box.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
9)
Press the Go Back Softkey to return to the map page.
Editing User Waypoints
37
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
Appendix
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Editing a user waypoint comment or location:
1) With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
2) Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the
large FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint
List’ Box.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the desired field.
4) Use the FMS Knobs to make any changes.
5) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Press the ENT Key to accept the new waypoint.
AFCS
6)
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Or:
EISEIS
Select “RAD/RAD” using the small FMS Knob, press the ENT Key,
and enter the two reference waypoint identifiers and radials into the
‘Reference Waypoints’ Window using the FMS Knobs.
Changing the user waypoint storage duration default setting:
1) With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the MENU
Key.
2) Move the cursor to select ‘Waypoint Setup’, and press the ENT Key.
3) Select ‘Normal’ or ‘Temporary’ as desired, and press the ENT Key.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor and return to the ‘WPT User WPT Information’ Page.
Deleting User Waypoints
Deleting a single user waypoint:
1) With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
2) Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the
large FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint
List’ Box.
3) Press the Delete Softkey or press the CLR Key. ‘Yes’ is highlighted in the
confirmation window.
4) Press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Or:
1) With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
2) Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the
large FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint
List’ Box.
3) Press the MENU Key.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete User Waypoints’.
5) Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
38
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Enabling/disabling airspace alerts:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page (Setup 1
Softkey).
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired field in the ‘Airspace
Alerts’ Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert On or
counterclockwise to turn the alert Off.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
AFCS
Displaying and removing airspace altitude labels:
1) Press the MENU Key with the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page displayed. The
cursor flashes on the ‘Map Settings’ option.
2) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Map Settings’ Window is displayed.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Airspace’ Group, if necessary, and
press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Airspace ALT LBL’ Field.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ to display labels and ‘Off’ to
remove labels.
6) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
NEAREST AIRSPACE
EISEIS
AIRSPACES
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Deleting all user waypoints:
1) With the ‘WPT - User WPT Information’ Page displayed, press the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor. The cursor is placed in the ‘User Waypoint’ Box.
2) Use the FMS Knobs to enter the name of the User Waypoint; or turn the
large FMS Knob and scroll to the desired waypoint in the ‘User Waypoint
List’ Box.
3) Press the MENU Key.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete All User Waypoints.’
5) Press the ENT Key twice to confirm the selection.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
39
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
Changing the altitude buffer distance setting:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page (Setup 1
Softkey).
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Altitude Buffer’ Field in the
‘Airspace Alerts’ Box.
4) Use the FMS Knob to enter an altitude buffer value and press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Enabling/disabling the Arrival Alert:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page (Setup 1
Softkey).
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘On/Off’ Field in the ‘Arrival Alert’
Box.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn the airspace alert On or
counterclockwise to turn the alert Off.
Changing the arrival alert trigger distance:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page (Setup 1
Softkey).
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Distance’ Field in the ‘Arrival
Alert’ Box.
4)
Use the FMS Knob to enter a trigger distance and press the ENT Key.
Selecting and viewing an airspace alert with its associated information:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘NRST - Nearest Airspaces’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Alerts
Window’, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘Airspace
Alerts’ Box.
3) Select the desired airspace.
4)
40
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Index
Index
41
Appendix
Appendix
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Selecting an active flight plan waypoint as a direct-to destination:
1) While navigating an active flight plan, press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct
To’ Window is displayed with the active flight plan waypoint as the default
selection.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of flight plan
waypoints (the FPL list is populated only when navigating a flight plan).
3) Select the desired waypoint.
AFCS
Entering a waypoint identifier, facility name, or city as a direct-to
destination:
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed (with the
active flight plan waypoint as the default selection or a blank waypoint field
if no flight plan is active).
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to begin entering a waypoint identifier
(turning it counter-clockwise brings up the waypoint selection submenu press the CLR Key to remove it), or turn the large FMS Knob to select the
facility name, or city field and turn the small FMS Knob to begin entering
a facility name or city. If duplicate entries exist for the entered facility or
city name, additional entries can be viewed by turning the small FMS Knob
during the selection process.
3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate?’ field is highlighted.
4) Press the ENT Key to activate the direct-to.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
DIRECT-TO-NAVIGATION
EISEIS
Turning smart airspace on or off:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is placed in the
‘Group’ Box of the ‘Map Settings’ Menu.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Airspace’ and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Smart Airspace’ Field.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to turn smart airspace ‘On’ or
counterclockwise to turn smart airspace ‘Off’.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
SMART AIRSPACE
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
5)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Or:
1)
Select the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD, or the ‘Flight Plan’
Window on the PFD.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on PFD), and turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired waypoint.
3)
Press the Direct-to Key.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
5)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
Selecting a Nearest, Recent or User Waypoint as a direct-to
destination:
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct-To’ Window is displayed (with the
active flight plan destination as the default selection or a blank destination
if no flight plan is active).
2) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display the waypoint
submenu window.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the Nearest, Recent or User
waypoints.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select the desired waypoint.
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
6) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Selecting any waypoint as a direct-to destination:
1) Select the page or window containing the desired waypoint type and select
the desired waypoint.
2) Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct-To’ Window with the selected
waypoint as the direct-to destination.
3) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
4) Press ENT again to activate the direct-to.
Selecting a nearby airport as a direct-to destination:
1) Press the Nearest Softkey on the PFD; or turn the FMS Knob to display the
‘NRST - Nearest Airports’ Page on the MFD and press the FMS Knob.
42
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
3)
Press the Direct-to Key.
4)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
5)
Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
EISEIS
Use the FMS Knob to select the desired airport (the nearest one is already
selected).
AFCS
Reselecting the direct course from the current position:
1) Press the Direct-to Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed with the
cursor flashing in the ‘Ident, Facility, City’ Box.
2) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
3) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
Cancelling a Direct-to:
1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct-To’ Window.
2) Press the MENU Key.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Selecting a waypoint as a direct-to destination using the pointer:
1) From a ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page, press the Joystick to display the
pointer.
2) Move the Joystick to place the pointer at the desired destination location.
3) If the pointer is placed on an existing airport, NAVAID, or user waypoint, the
waypoint name is highlighted.
4) Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window with the selected
point entered as the direct-to destination.
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
6) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Selecting a manual direct-to course:
1) Press the ¯ Key. The ‘Direct To’ Window is displayed (with the active
flight plan waypoint as the default selection or a blank waypoint field if no
flight plan is active).
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘CRS’ or ‘Course’ Field.
3) Highlight the ’CRS’ or ‘Course’ Field.
4) Enter the desired course.
5) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed on ‘Activate?’.
6) Press the ENT Key again to activate the direct-to.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
2)
43
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
3)
With ‘Cancel Direct-To NAV’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. If a flight
plan is still active, the system resumes navigating the flight plan along the
closest leg.
Entering a VNV altitude and along-track offset for the waypoint:
1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct-To’ Window.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor over the ‘VNV’ Box altitude
field.
3) Enter the desired altitude using the FMS Knob.
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the altitude constraint; if the selected waypoint
is an airport, an additional choice is displayed. Turn the small FMS Knob to
choose ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’, and press the ENT Key to accept the altitude.
5) The cursor is now flashing in the ‘VNV’ offset distance field.
6) Enter the desired along-track distance before the waypoint.
7) Press the ENT Key. ‘Activate?’ is highlighted.
8) Press the ENT Key to activate.
Removing a VNV altitude constraint:
1) Press the Direct-to Key to display the ‘Direct-To’ Window.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Clear Vertical Constraints’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT PLANNING
FLIGHT PLAN VIEWS
Active Flight Plan Views
Changing the flight plan view:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Press the View Softkey to display the Wide, Narrow, Leg-Leg, and CUM
Softkeys.
3) Press the CUM Softkey to view cumulative waypoint distance, or press the
Leg-Leg Softkey to view leg-to-leg waypoint distance.
4) Press the Wide Softkey to display the wide view, or press the Narrow
Softkey to display the narrow view.
44
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Press the Wide Softkey to display the wide view, or press the Narrow
Softkey to display the narrow view.
6)
Press the Back Softkey to return to the top level active flight plan softkeys..
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
5)
Flight Plan Progress
2)
Press the Charts Softkey. Split screen mode is now enabled displaying a Charts
Pane alongside the ‘Active Flight Plan’ Pane. The Charts Pane is highlighted
by a cyan box indicating it is the active pane.
3)
To quickly view the chart corresponding to the active flight plan leg, press
the Sync Softkey.
45
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
Appendix
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Displaying the flight plan map on the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’
Page in split screen mode:
1) Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Press the Charts Softkey. Split screen mode is now enabled displaying
a Charts Pane alongside the ‘Active Flight Plan’ Pane. The Charts Pane is
highlighted by a cyan box indicating it is the active pane.
3) Move the Joystick to select the ‘Active Flight Plan’ Pane as the active
display pane.
4) Press the MENU Key. ‘Show Flight Plan Map’ is highlighted. Press the ENT
Key.
5) To removed the Flight Plan Map, press the MENU Key and select ‘Hide
Flight Plan Map’. Press the ENT Key.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
AFCS
1)
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Split Screen
Viewing charts and ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page in split screen
mode:
EISEIS
Displaying/removing the active flight plan progress on the
navigation map:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the Inset Softkey.
4) Press the FPL PROG Softkey to display the active flight plan progress.
5) To remove the active flight plan progress from the navigation map, press
the Off Softkey.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
CREATING A FLIGHT PLAN
Creating an active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key. Press the small FMS Knob to activate the cursor (only on
MFD).
2) Select the origin airport and runway (as required).
a) Highlight the field below the Origin header to enter the origin airport
identifier using the FMS Knob.
b) Use the FMS Knob or the waypoint submenu to enter the identifier,
facility, or city name of the origin waypoint.
c) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Set Runway’ Window is displayed with the
‘Runway’ Field highlighted.
d) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the runway, and press the ENT Key.
e) Press the ENT Key again to add the origin airport/runway to the flight
plan.
3) Repeat step number 2 for the destination airport and runway.
4) Select the enroute waypoints.
a) Highlight the location to insert the waypoint using the FMS Knob (If
the enroute header is selected, the new waypoint is placed following
the header. If an enroute waypoint or the dashes are selected, the new
waypoint will be placed ahead of the selected item).
b) Use the FMS Knob or the waypoint submenu to enter the identifier,
facility, or city name of the waypoint. The active flight plan is modified
as each waypoint is entered.
5) Repeat step number 4 to enter each additional enroute waypoint.
6) When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to remove the
cursor (if required).
Creating a stored flight plan:
1) From the MFD, press the FPL Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
3) Press the New Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Create New
Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key to display a blank flight plan for the
first empty storage location.
46
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Select the origin airport and runway.
a) Highlight the field below the Origin header to enter the origin airport
identifier using the FMS Knob.
c)
d) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the runway, and press the ENT Key.
e) Press the ENT Key again to add the origin airport/runway to the flight
plan.
5)
Repeat step number 4 for the destination airport and runway.
6)
Select the enroute waypoints.
a) Highlight the location to insert the waypoint using the FMS Knob (If
the enroute header is selected, the new waypoint is placed following
the header. If an enroute waypoint or the dashes are selected, the new
waypoint will be placed ahead of the selected item.)
7)
Repeat step number 6 to enter each additional enroute waypoint.
8)
When all waypoints have been entered, press the FMS Knob to remove the
cursor.
Flight Plan Waypoints
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
47
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Appendix
Appendix
Adding a waypoint to the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
3) Select the point in the flight plan before which to add the new waypoint.
The new waypoint is placed directly in front of the highlighted waypoint.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window.
(Turning it clockwise displays a blank ‘Waypoint Information’ Window,
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
FLIGHT PLAN WAYPOINT AND AIRWAY MODIFICATIONS
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
c) Press the ENT Key. The stored flight plan is modified as each waypoint
is entered.
AFCS
b) Use the FMS Knob or the waypoint submenu to enter the identifier,
facility, or city name of the waypoint.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Set Runway’ Window is displayed with the
‘Runway’ Field highlighted.
EISEIS
b) Use the FMS Knob or the waypoint submenu to enter the identifier,
facility, or city name of the origin waypoint.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
4)
Flight Management
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
turning it counter-clockwise displays the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan,
nearest, recent, user, or airway waypoints).
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
5)
Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint or select a
waypoint from the submenu of waypoints and press the ENT Key. The
active flight plan is modified as each waypoint is entered.
Creating and adding user waypoints to the active flight plan using
the map pointer:
1) Press the FPL Key
2) Press the FMS Knob on the MFD to activate the cursor.
3) Select the point in the flight plan to add the new waypoint.
4) Push the Joystick on the MFD to activate the panning function on the ‘FPL
- Active Flight Plan’ Page and pan to the map location of the desired user
waypoint.
5) Press the LD WPT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Load Waypoint’,
and press the ENT Key. The user waypoint is created with a name of USRxxx
(using the next available in sequence) and is added to the active flight plan.
Adding a waypoint to a stored flight plan:
1) On the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2) Highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select “EDIT” and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight
Plan’ Page is displayed.
4) Select the point in the flight plan to add the new waypoint. The new
waypoint is placed directly in front of the highlighted waypoint.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window.
(Turning it clockwise displays a blank ‘Waypoint Information’ Window,
turning it counter-clockwise displays the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window
with a waypoint selection submenu allowing selection of active flight plan,
nearest, recent, user, or airway waypoints).
6) Enter the identifier, facility, or city name of the waypoint or select a
waypoint from the submenu of waypoints and press the ENT Key. The new
waypoint now exists in the flight plan.
48
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set Fly-Over Waypoint’, and press the ENT
Key. The ‘Set <waypoint> to be a fly-over waypoint?’ Window is displayed.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
49
Index
Index
3)
Appendix
Appendix
Highlight the desired waypoint.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
2)
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
For a stored flight plan, highlight the desired flight plan on the ‘FPL - Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page’ and press the Edit Softkey.
AFCS
Or:
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Designating a fly-over waypoint:
1) For the active flight plan, press the FPL Key and press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor (not required on the PFD).
EISEIS
Removing an individual waypoint from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and
press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint to be removed.
6) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ window is displayed.
7) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
8) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Removing an individual waypoint from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and
turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint to be removed.
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove XXXXX?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
5)
To change the waypoint back to a fly-by waypoint, highlight the desired
waypoint. Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set Fly-By Waypoint’, and press
the ENT Key. The ‘Set <waypoint> to be a fly-by waypoint?’ Window is
displayed. With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
Flight Plan Airways
Adding an airway to the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD).
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint after the desired airway
entry point. If this waypoint is not a valid airway entry point, a valid entry
point should be entered at this time.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob one click clockwise and press the LD AIRWY
Softkey (MFD only), or press the MENU Key and select “Load Airway”.
The ‘FPL - Select Airway’ Page is displayed. The LD AIRWY Softkey or
the “Load Airway” menu item is available only when a valid airway entry
waypoint has been chosen (the waypoint ahead of the cursor position).
5) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway from the list, and press the
ENT Key. Low altitude airways are shown first in the list, followed by “all”
altitude airways, and then high altitude airways.
6) Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway exit point from the list, and
press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
7) Press the ENT Key. The system returns to editing the flight plan with the
new airway inserted.
Adding an airway to a stored flight plan:
1) On the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2) Highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the ENT Key, turn the large FMS Knob
clockwise to select “EDIT” and press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight
Plan’ Page is displayed.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint after the desired airway
entry point. If this waypoint is not a valid airway entry point, a valid entry
point should be entered at this time.
50
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway from the list, and press the
ENT Key. Low altitude airways are shown first in the list, followed by “all”
altitude airways, and then high altitude airways.
7)
Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired airway exit point from the list, and
press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
8)
Press the ENT Key. The system returns to editing the flight plan with the
new airway inserted
Index
Index
51
Appendix
Appendix
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Removing an entire airway from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and
press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the white header of the airway to be
removed.
AFCS
Removing an entire airway from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
Active ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD)
and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the header of the airway to be
removed.
3) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <airway name> from flight plan?’ window
is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
6)
EISEIS
Turn the small FMS Knob one click clockwise and press the LD AIRWY
Softkey (MFD only), or press the MENU Key and select “Load Airway”.
The ‘FPL - Select Airway’ Page is displayed. The LD AIRWY Softkey or
the “Load Airway” menu item is available only when a valid airway entry
waypoint has been chosen (the waypoint ahead of the cursor position).
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
5)
6)
Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <airway name> from flight plan?’ window
is displayed.
7)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Collapsing/expanding the airways in the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Collapse Airways’ or ‘Expand Airways’, and
press the ENT Key. The airways are collapsed/expanded.
Inverting a Flight Plan
Inverting the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
Active ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Invert Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key.
An ‘Invert Active Flight Plan?’ confirmation window is displayed.
3) Select ‘OK’.
4) Press the ENT Key to invert and activate the active flight plan. To cancel,
press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
FLIGHT PLAN OPERATIONS
Activating a Flight Plan Leg
Activating a flight plan leg:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and
turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the destination waypoint for the
desired leg.
3) Press the ACT Leg Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight
‘Activate Leg’, and press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed
with ‘Activate’ highlighted.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
52
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Press the ENT Key to activate the flight plan leg. To cancel, press the CLR
Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
4)
Along Track Offsets
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
AFCS
Parallel Track
Index
Index
53
Appendix
Appendix
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Cancelling parallel track:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
Active ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Activating parallel track:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key. The
‘Parallel Track’ Window is displayed with the ‘Direction’ Field highlighted.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘LEFT’ or ‘RIGHT’ and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Distance’ Field is highlighted.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter a distance from 1-99 nm and press the
ENT Key. ‘Activate Parallel Track’ is highlighted.
5) Press the ENT Key to activate parallel track. Press the FMS Knob or the
CLR Key to cancel the parallel track activation.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
EISEIS
Entering an along track offset distance:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and
turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint for the along track
offset.
3) Press the ATK OFS Softkey (MFD only); or press the MENU Key, highlight
‘Create ATK Offset Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key.
4) Enter a positive or negative offset distance in the range of +/- 1 to 999 nm
(limited by leg distances).
5) Press the ENT Key to create the offset waypoint.
6) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Parallel Track’, and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Parallel Track’ Window is displayed with ‘Cancel Parallel Track?’
highlighted.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
CLOSEST POINT OF FPL
Determining the closest point along the active flight plan to a
selected waypoint:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
Active ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Closest Point Of FPL’’, and press the ENT
Key. A window appears with the reference waypoint field highlighted.
3) Enter the identifier of the reference waypoint and press the ENT Key. The
system displays the bearing (BRG) and distance (DIS) to the closest point
along the flight plan to the selected reference waypoint and creates a user
waypoint at this location. The name for the new user waypoint is derived
from the identifier of the reference waypoint.
USER-DEFINED HOLDING PATTERNS
Creating a user-defined hold at an active flight plan waypoint:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
Active ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and
turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint for the hold.
3) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Hold At Waypoint’, and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Hold at’ Window appears with the course field highlighted.
4) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the entry course, and press the ENT Key.
5) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction,
and press the ENT Key.
6) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and
press the ENT Key.
7) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
8) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press
the ENT Key.
9) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time),
and press the ENT Key.
54
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
55
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
AFCS
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Creating a user-defined hold at a direct-to waypoint:
1) Press a Direct-to Key and set up the direct-to waypoint as desired, but
select ‘Hold?’ instead of ‘Activate?’ when finished (MFD or PFD).
2) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the entry course, and press the ENT Key.
3) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction,
and press the ENT Key.
4) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and
press the ENT Key.
5) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
6) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press
the ENT Key.
7) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC TIME),
and press the ENT Key.
EISEIS
Creating a user-defined hold at the aircraft present position:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
Active ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Hold At Present Position’, and press the
ENT Key. The ‘Hold at’ Window appears with the course field highlighted.
3) If desired, use the FMS Knobs to edit the entry course, and press the ENT
Key.
4) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Inbound’ or ‘Outbound’ course direction,
and press the ENT Key.
5) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Time’ or ‘Distance’ length mode, and
press the ENT Key.
6) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the length, and press the ENT Key.
7) Use the small FMS Knob to select ‘Right’ or ‘Left’ turn direction, and press
the ENT Key.
8) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the Expect Further Clearance Time (EFC Time),
and press the ENT Key.
9) Press the ENT Key while ‘Activate?’ is highlighted to create an Offroute
Direct-to hold waypoint at the aircraft present position and activate the
hold.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
10) Press the ENT Key while ‘Load?’ is highlighted to insert the hold into the
flight plan.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
8)
Press the ENT Key while ‘Activate?’ is highlighted to activate the direct-to
with the user-defined hold defined at the direct-to waypoint. (If the directto waypoint is part of the active flight plan, the HOLD is inserted into the
active flight plan. If the direct-to waypoint is not part of the active flight
plan, an off-route direct-to hold is created.)
Exiting a user-defined hold inserted into the active flight plan:
Press the SUSP Softkey. The system will provide guidance to follow the
holding pattern to the inbound course and resume automatic waypoint
sequencing.
Removing a user-defined hold inserted into the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
Active ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor (not required on the PFD) and
turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the HOLD waypoint.
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove Holding Pattern?’ confirmation window is
displayed.
4) Select ‘OK’ and press the ENT Key. The holding pattern is removed from
the active flight plan. Select ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key to cancel the
removal of the holding pattern.
Removing a user-defined hold at an off-route direct-to:
1) Press a Direct To Key to display the ‘Direct To’ Window (PFD or MFD).
2) Press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu’ Window with the cursor
on the ‘Cancel Direct-To NAV’ selection.
3) Press the ENT Key. The holding pattern is removed.
MANAGING FLIGHT PLANS
Importing and Exporting Flight Plans
Ignoring a flight plan transfer from a wireless connection:
1) When a flight plan transfer has been initiated from a mobile device, a
Pending Flight Plan pop-up alert appears in the lower right corner of the
MFD, and an Connext annunciation appears to the right of the MFD page
name.
2) Press the CLR Key to remove the pop-up alert and ignore the pending flight
plan. The pending flight plan will still be available on the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
56
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Press the Ignore Softkey to remove the pop-up alert and ignore the
pending flight plan. The pending flight plan will still be available on the
‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
57
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
190-02040-01 Rev. B
AFCS
Activating a pending flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the pending flight plan.
3) Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the
MFD.
4) Press the Activate Softkey. The ‘Activate Flight Plan?’ window is displayed.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Storing a pending flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the pending flight plan.
5) Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the
MFD.
6) Press the Store Softkey to store the flight plan. The pending flight plan is
stored and the pending annunciation is removed.
EISEIS
Previewing a flight plan transfer from a wireless connection:
1) When a flight plan transfer has been initiated from a mobile device, a
Pending Flight Plan pop-up alert appears in the lower right corner of the
MFD, and an Connext annunciation appears to the right of the MFD page
name.
2) Press the ENT Key to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page on the
MFD.
Or:
Press the Preview Softkey to display the ‘FPL - Preview Flight Plan’ Page
on the MFD.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Or:
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
5)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to activate the pending flight
plan. The pending flight plan becomes the active flight plan and is removed
from the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Deleting a pending flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired pending flight plan.
5) Press the Delete Softkey. The ‘Delete Flight Plan XX?’ window is displayed.
6) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the pending flight plan.
The pending flight plan is removed from the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’
Page. To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and
press the ENT Key.
Deleting all pending flight plans:
1) Press the FPL Key.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
3) Press the MENU Key.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Delete All Pending’.
5) Press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete all pending flight plans?’ confirmation
window is displayed.
6) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete all pending flight plans.
To cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press
the ENT Key.
Importing a Flight Plan from an SD Card:
1) Insert the SD card containing the flight plan in the top card slot on the
MFD.
2) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
4) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5) Turn either FMS Knob to highlight an empty or existing flight plan.
58
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Press the Import Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Import Flight
Plan”, and press the ENT Key.
If an empty slot is selected, a list of the available flight plans on the SD
card will be displayed.
7)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan for importing.
8)
Press the ENT Key to initiate the import.
9)
Press the ENT Key again to confirm the import.
59
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
Appendix
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Deleting the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
Active ‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Deleting the Active Flight Plan
AFCS
Exporting a flight plan to an SD Card:
1) Insert the SD card into the top card slot on the MFD.
2) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
4) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be exported.
6) Press the Export Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Export Flight
Plan”.
7) If desired, change the name for the exported file by turning the large FMS
Knob to the left to highlight the name, then use the small and large FMS
knobs to enter the new name, and press the ENT Key.
8) Press the ENT Key to initiate the export.
9) Press the ENT Key to confirm the export.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
If an existing flight plan is selected, an “Overwrite existing flight plan?
OK or CANCEL” prompt is displayed. Press the ENT Key to choose to
overwrite the selected flight plan and see the list of available flight
plans on the SD card. If overwriting the existing flight plan is not
desired, select “CANCEL” using the FMS Knob, press the
ENT Key, select another flight plan slot, and press the Import Softkey
again.
EISEIS
Or:
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
6)
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
2)
Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key.
The ‘Delete all waypoints in flight plan?’ window is displayed.
3)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the active flight plan. To
cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the
ENT Key.
Stored Flight Plan Functions
Viewing information about a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the desired flight plan.
4) The Flight Plan Information is displayed showing departure, destination,
total distance, and enroute safe altitude information for the selected Flight
Plan.
5) Press the Edit Softkey to open the ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page and view
the waypoints in the flight plan.
6) Press the FMS Knob to exit the ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page.
Storing an active flight plan from the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’
Page or the ‘Flight Plan’ Window:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Highlight ‘Store Flight Plan’.
3) Press the ENT Key.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. The flight plan is stored in
the next available position in the flight plan list on the ‘FPL - Flight Plan
Catalog’ Page.
Activating a stored flight plan on the MFD:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the desired flight plan.
60
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Open the ‘Activate stored flight plan?’ window:
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
3)
Press the Activate Softkey.
Or:
EISEIS
Press the ENT Key. An ‘Activate stored flight plan?’ window will
appear.
Or:
b) Highlight ‘Activate Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
Index
Index
61
Appendix
Appendix
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Deleting a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Open the ‘Delete flight plan XX?’ window:
Press the Delete Softkey.
Or:
AFCS
Copying a stored flight plan to another flight plan memory slot, on
the MFD:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the desired flight plan.
3) Open the ‘Copy to flight plan XX?’ window:
Press the Copy Softkey.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Copy Flight Plan’.
b) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Copy to flight plan XX?’ window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to copy the flight plan. To cancel
the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the ENT Key.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
a) Press the MENU Key.
Flight Management
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Press the CLR Key.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
b) Highlight ‘Delete Flight Plan’, and press the ENT Key.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the flight plan. To
cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘Cancel’ and press the
ENT Key.
Deleting all stored flight plans:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Highlight ‘Delete All’ and press the ENT Key. A ‘Delete all flight plans?’
confirmation window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete all flight plans. To
cancel the request, press the CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the
ENT Key.
Changing a Flight Plan Comment (Names)
Changing the active flight plan comment:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the large FMS Knob to
highlight the comment field.
3) Use the FMS Knobs to edit the comment.
4) Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Changing a stored flight plan comment:
1) Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘FPL - Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the flight plan to be edited.
3) Open the ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page:
Press the Edit Softkey.
62
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Or:
a) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Activate stored flight plan?’ window is
displayed.
b) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Edit’ button.
EISEIS
c) Press the ENT Key.
Or:
b) Select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and press the ENT Key.
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the comment field.
5)
Use the FMS Knobs to edit the comment.
6)
Press the ENT Key to accept the changes.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
VERTICAL NAVIGATION
Index
Index
63
Appendix
Appendix
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Activating a vertical navigation direct-to:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the desired waypoint.
3) Press the VNV Direct-To Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight
‘VNV Direct-To’, and press the ENT Key. An ‘Activate vertical Direct-to to:
NNNNNFT at XXXXXX?’ confirmation window is displayed.
AFCS
Enabling and Disabling VNV guidance:
1) Press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page
on the MFD.
2) Press the ENBL VNV Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Enable
VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Vertical navigation is enabled, and vertical
guidance begins with the waypoint shown in the ‘Active VNV Profile’ Box
(defaults first waypoint in the active flight plan with an altitude enabled for
vertical navigation).
3) To Disable VNV guidance, press the Cncl VNV Softkey; or press the MENU
Key, highlight ‘Cancel VNV’, and press the ENT Key. Vertical navigation is
disabled.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
a) Press the MENU Key.
4)
Press the ENT Key. Vertical guidance begins to the altitude constraint for
the selected waypoint.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Modifying the VS TGT and FPA:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
2) Press the VNV Prof Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select VNV
Profile Window’, and press the ENT Key. The cursor is now located in the
‘Active VNV Profile’ Box.
3) Turn the FMS Knobs as needed to edit the values.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
ALTITUDE CONSTRAINTS
The system system can use altitude constraints associated with lateral waypoints to give
guidance for vertical navigation. These altitudes are, depending on the specific instance,
manually entered or retrieved from the published altitudes in the navigation database.
Displayed Text
Examples
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
White Text
Cyan Text with
Pencil Icon
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Cyan Text
Appendix
Appendix
White Text
with Altitude
Restriction Bar
Altitude Constraint Examples
5OOOFT
3OOOFT
Cross AT or ABOVE
5,000 ft
Cross AT or BELOW
3,000 ft
Index
Index
23OOFT
Cross AT 2,300 ft
64
Temperature Compensated
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Cyan Text
5OOOFT
86OOFT
Altitude calculated by the system estimating the altitude
of the aircraft as it passes over the navigation point.
No white line above or below to indicate a potential
constraint.
Altitude is designated for use in
determining vertical guidance. A pencil
icon indicates manual designation or
manual data entry.
5OOOFT
81OOFT
Altitude retrieved from the navigation database. White line
above or below indicates the type of constraint, as shown
in the preceding figure.
These altitudes are provided as a reference, and are not
designated to be used in determining vertical guidance.
The system cannot use this altitude in
determining vertical guidance because of
an invalid constraint condition.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
White Text
Index
Index
65
Appendix
Appendix
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Entering/designating or modifying an altitude constraint:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude
constraint.
AFCS
An altitude constraint is invalid if:
• Meeting the constraint requires the aircraft to climb
• Meeting the constraint requires the maximum flight path angle or maximum vertical
speed to be exceeded.
• The constraint is within a leg type for which altitude constraints are not supported
• The altitude constraint is added to the FAF of an approach that provides vertical
guidance (i.e., ILS or GPS SBAS approach) unless the aircraft is configured to accept
a FAF altitude manual designation.
• The altitude constraint is added to a waypoint past the FAF.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Altitudes that have been designated for use in vertical guidance can be “un-designated”
using the CLR Key. The altitude is now displayed only as a reference. It is not used to
give vertical guidance. Other displayed altitudes may change due to re-calculations or be
rendered invalid as a result of manually changing an altitude to a non-designated altitude.
EISEIS
Altitudes associated with arrival and approach procedures are “auto-designated”. This
means the system automatically uses the altitudes loaded with the arrival or approach for
giving vertical speed and deviation guidance. Note that these altitudes are displayed as
cyan text.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
3)
Enter an altitude constraint value using the FMS Knobs. To enter altitudes
as a flight level, turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise past zero
or clockwise past 9 on the first character, and the system automatically
changes to show units of Flight Level. Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise
to highlight the first zero and enter the three digit flight level.
4)
Press the ENT Key to accept the altitude constraint; if the selected waypoint
is an airport, an additional choice is displayed. Turn the small FMS Knob to
choose ‘MSL’ or ‘AGL’, and press the ENT Key to accept the altitude.
Removing/undesignating an altitude constraint:
1) Press the FPL Key on the MFD to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude
constraint.
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove VNV altitude?’ confirmation window is
displayed.
4) Select ‘OK’ and press the ENT Key.
Reverting a manually entered altitude constraint back to the
navigation database value:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the desired waypoint altitude
constraint.
3) Press the CLR Key. A ‘Remove or Revert to published VNV altitude of
nnnnnFT?’ confirmation window is displayed.
4) Select ‘REVERT’ and press the ENT Key. The altitude is changed to the
navigation database value.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Entering or modifying a Baro QFE altitude constraint:
1) With Baro QFE enabled, press the FPL Key for the MFD to display the ‘FPL Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired
waypoint altitude constraint (‘ALT’).
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to begin entry of the altitude constraint, and
use the FMS Knobs to enter the constraint in reference to Baro QFE. If
modifying an existing Baro QFE altitude constraint, turning the small FMS
66
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
4)
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
VERTICAL SITUATION DISPLAY (VSD)
Enabling the Vertical Situation Display:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the Inset Softkey.
4) Press the VSD Softkey to enable the Vertical Situation Display.
5) Press the VSD Mode softkey to choose between Auto, FPL, or TRK.
AFCS
Disabling the Vertical Situation Display:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the Inset Softkey
4) Press the Off Softkey.
Index
Index
67
Appendix
Appendix
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Viewing available procedures at an airport:
1) From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (first page in the WPT group),
press the DP, STAR, or APR Softkey.
2) The ‘WPT - Departure Information’ Page is displayed, defaulting to the
airport displayed on the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page. Press the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor. To select another airport, enter an identifier/
facility name/city, and press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the procedure. The procedure is
previewed on the map.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available procedures. Press the ENT
Key to select the procedure. The cursor moves to the next box (runway or
transition). The procedure is previewed on the map.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
PROCEDURES
190-02040-01 Rev. B
EISEIS
Press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘QFE’ and press
the ENT Key to accept the altitude constraint. The constraint is shown in
parenthesis indicating it is based on the Baro QFE setting.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Knob displays the existing constraint in MSL in the entry field. If adding a
new altitude constraint, turning the small FMS Knob displays ‘00000FT’ in
the entry field.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
5)
Turn the FMS Knobs, as required, to highlight a runway or transition. Press
the ENT Key to select the runway or transition. The cursor moves to the
next box. The procedure is previewed on the map.
6)
Repeat Step 5, until desired information has been viewed for the chosen
procedure.
7)
Press the Info 1 Softkey or the Info 2 Softkey to return to the ‘WPT Airport Information’ Page.
DEPARTURES
Loading a Departure into the Active Flight Plan
Loading a departure into the active flight plan using the PROC
Key:
1) Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘Select Departure’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Departure Loading’ Page is displayed.
4) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
5) Select a departure from the list and press the ENT Key.
6) Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key.
7) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is
highlighted.
8) Press the ENT Key to load the departure procedure.
Loading a departure into the active flight plan from the ‘WPT Departure Information’ Page:
1) From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (first page in the WPT group),
press the DP Softkey. The ‘WPT - Departure Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the ‘WPT - Airport information’ Page.
2) To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter
an identifier/facility name/city, and press the ENT Key.
3) Select a different departure, if desired.
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Departure. The departure is
previewed on the map.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available departures. Press the
ENT Key to select the departure. The cursor moves to the ‘Runway’
Box. The departure is previewed on the map.
68
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu’ Window.
5)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Load Departure’.
6)
Press the ENT Key to load the departure procedure into the active flight
plan.
69
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
Appendix
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Removing a departure procedure from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Departure’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the
departure procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request,
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Or:
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Removing a Departure from the Flight Plan
AFCS
Loading a departure procedure into a stored flight plan:
1) Select a stored flight plan from the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
2) Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and
press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
3) Press the LD DP Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Departure”,
and press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Departure Loading’ Page is displayed.
4) Select a departure. Press the ENT Key.
5) Select a runway served by the selected departure, if required. Press the
ENT Key.
6) Select a transition for the selected departure. Press the ENT Key.
7) Press the ENT Key to load the selected departure procedure.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
4)
EISEIS
d) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the
ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor moves to the ‘Sequence’
Box. The departure is previewed on the map.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
c) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runways. Press the ENT
Key to select the runway. The cursor moves to the ‘Transition’ Box (only
if there are available transitions). The departure is previewed on the
map.
1)
Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2)
Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the departure header in the
active flight plan.
3)
Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the
departure procedure.
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request,
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Removing a departure from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and
press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5) Highlight and remove the departure:
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the white header of the
departure.
b) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’
window is displayed.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key to display the ‘Page Menu’ Window and turn the
FMS Knob to highlight ‘Remove Departure’.
b) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’
window is displayed.
6) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
70
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
ARRIVALS
Loading an Arrival into the Active Flight Plan
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
71
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
AFCS
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Loading an arrival into the active flight plan from the ‘WPT Arrival Information’ Page:
1) From the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page (first page in the WPT group),
press the STAR Softkey. The ‘WPT - Arrival Information’ Page is displayed,
defaulting to the airport displayed on the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page.
2) To select another airport, press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor, enter
an identifier/facility name/city, and press the ENT Key.
3) Select a different arrival, if desired.
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the arrival. The arrival is
previewed on the map.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available arrivals. Press the ENT
Key to select the arrival. The cursor moves to the ‘Transition’ Box (only
if there are available transitions). The arrival is previewed on the map.
c) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available transitions. Press the
ENT Key to select the transition. The cursor moves to the ‘Runway’
Box. The arrival is previewed on the map.
d) Turn the small FMS Knob to view the available runways. Press the ENT
Key to select the runway. The cursor moves to the ‘Sequence’ Box. The
arrival is previewed on the map.
4) Press the MENU Key to display the Arrival Information ‘Page Menu’
Window.
EISEIS
Loading an arrival into the active flight plan using the PROC Key:
1) Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘Select Arrival’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Arrival Loading’ Page is displayed.
4) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
5) Select an arrival from the list and press the ENT Key.
6) Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
7) Select a runway (if required) and press the ENT Key. ‘Load?’ is highlighted.
8) Press the ENT Key to load the arrival procedure
5)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Load Arrival’.
6)
Press the ENT Key to load the arrival procedure into the active flight plan.
Loading an arrival procedure into a stored flight plan:
1) Select a stored flight plan from the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
2) Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and
press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
3) Press the LD STAR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load Arrival”,
and press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Arrival Loading’ Page is displayed.
4) Select an arrival. Press the ENT Key.
5) Select a transition for the selected arrival. Press the ENT Key.
6) Select a runway served by the selected arrival, if required. Press the ENT
Key.
7) Press the ENT Key to load the selected arrival procedure.
Removing an Arrival from the Flight Plan
Removing an arrival from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Arrival’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the arrival
procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal request,
highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Removing an arrival from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and
press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
72
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Highlight and remove the arrival:
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the white header of the arrival.
b) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’
window is displayed.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
APPROACHES
Instrument Approach
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
73
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Appendix
Appendix
The system provides a visual approach feature. Unlike instrument approaches,
visual approaches are not defined in the navigation database and do not follow a precise
prescribed path. Instead, the system calculates the lateral and vertical path for the chosen
runway and creates visual approach waypoints based on runway position and course as
specified in the navigation database.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Visual Approach
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Approach Service Levels
AFCS
HSI Annunciation Description
GPS approach using LNAV MDA. Available only if GPS available. If GPS
LNAV
unavailable, abort.
GPS approach using LNAV MDA with advisory vertical guidance.
LNAV+V
Available only if SBAS or Baro/VNAV available, otherwise downgrades to
LNAV. If GPS unavailable, abort.
GPS approach using LNAV/VNAV DA. Available with Baro/VNAV or
L/VNAV
SBAS availability. If both SBAS and Baro/VNAV unavailable, downgrades
to published LNAV MDA.
GPS approach using LP MDA. Available only if SBAS available. If SBAS
LP
unavailable, downgrades to published LNAV MDA.
GPS approach using LP MDA with advisory vertical guidance. Available
LP+V
only if SBAS available. If SBAS unavailable, downgrades to published
LNAV MDA.
GPS approach using LPV DA. Available only if SBAS available. If SBAS
LPV
unavailable, downgrades to L/VNAV published DA. If after the FAF,
downgrades to published LNAV MDA.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
EISEIS
6)
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
5)
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
Each visual approach will have two transitions, the straight in transition (STRAIGHT)
and the Vectors-to-Final transition (VECTORS). The visual approach waypoints (fixes)
consist of the initial fix (STRGHT), the final approach fix (FINAL), and the missed approach point (RWxx). A 3 degree glide path is calculated from the missed approach point
up to each waypoint along the extended straight-in path.
Loading and activating a visual approach using the PROC Key:
1) Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘Select Approach’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Approach
Loading’ Page is displayed.
3) Select the airport and approach:
a) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport, if necessary, and press the ENT
Key.
b) Select a visual approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
4) Select a transition and press the ENT Key.
5) Minimums:
a) To set ‘Minimums’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’, ‘TEMP
COMP’, or ‘RAD ALT’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob
to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key.
b) If ‘TEMP COMP’ was selected, the cursor moves to the temperature
field. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the temperature, and press the
ENT Key.
Or:
To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key.
6) Press the ENT Key with ‘Load?’ highlighted to load the approach procedure
(‘Load’ is only available if there is no previous approach already loaded in
flight plan); or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate’ and press the
ENT Key procedure.
When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the
message ‘-NOT APPROVED FOR GPS - GPS guidance is for monitoring only.
Load approach>’ is displayed. With ‘Yes’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
When a visual approach is selected, the message ‘Obstacle clearance is not
provided for visual approaches’ is displayed. With ‘OK’ highlighted, press
the ENT Key.
7) The message ‘Obstacle clearance is not provided for visual approaches’ is
displayed. Press ENT to continue.
74
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
a) If necessary, push the FMS Knob to exit the approach list, and use the
large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the Approach ‘Channel’ Field.
b) Use the FMS Knob to enter the approach channel number, and press
the ENT Key to accept the approach channel number. The airport and
approach are selected.
Select a transition (if required) and press the ENT Key.
5)
Minimums
AFCS
4)
b) If ‘TEMP COMP’ was selected, the cursor moves to the temperature
field. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the temperature, and press the
ENT Key.
To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key.
When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the
message ‘- NOT APPROVED FOR GPS - GPS guidance is for monitoring only.
Load approach?’ is displayed. With ‘Yes’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
75
Index
Index
When a visual approach is selected, the message ‘Obstacle clearance is not
provided for visual approaches’ is displayed. With ‘OK’ highlighted, press
the ENT Key.
Appendix
Appendix
Press the ENT Key with ‘Load?’ highlighted to load the approach
procedure; or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate’ and press the
ENT Key to load and activate the approach procedure.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Or:
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
a) To set ‘Minimums’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’, ‘TEMP
COMP’ or ‘RAD ALT’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob
to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key.
6)
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Or:
EISEIS
Loading an approach into the active flight plan using the PROC
Key:
1) Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
2) Highlight ‘Select Approach’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Approach
Loading’ Page is displayed.
3) Select the airport and approach:
a) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
b) Select an approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Loading an Approach into the Active Flight Plan
Loading an approach into the active flight plan from the ‘NRST Nearest Airport’ Page:
1) Select the ‘NRST - Nearest Airports’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob, then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired
nearest airport. The airport is previewed on the map.
3) Press the APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Select Approach
Window’, and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired approach.
5) Press the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Load
Approach’, and press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Approach Loading’ Page is
displayed with the ‘Transition’ Field highlighted.
6) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight the desired transition, and press the ENT
Key.
7) Minimums
a) To set ‘Minimums’, turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘BARO’, ‘TEMP
COMP’ or ‘RAD ALT’, and press the ENT Key. Turn the small FMS Knob
to select the altitude, and press the ENT Key.
b) If ‘TEMP COMP’ was selected, the cursor moves to the temperature
field. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the temperature, and press the
ENT Key.
Or:
To skip setting minimums, press the ENT Key. The ‘Load?’ field is
highlighted.
8) Press the ENT Key with ‘Load?’ highlighted to load the approach
procedure; or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate?’ and press
the ENT Key to load and activate the approach procedure.
When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the
message ‘- NOT APPROVED FOR GPS - GPS guidance is for monitoring only.
Load approach?’ is displayed. With ‘Yes’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
When a visual approach is selected, the message ‘Obstacle clearance is not
provided for visual approaches’ is displayed. With ‘OK’ highlighted, press
the ENT Key.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
76
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
EISEIS
5)
Select a transition for the selected approach. Press the ENT Key.
AFCS
6)
Press the ENT Key to load the selected approach procedure.
Or:
a) If necessary, push the FMS Knob to exit the approach list, and use the
large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the Approach ‘Channel’ Field.
Activating an Approach
Activating a previously loaded approach:
1) Press the PROC Key. The ‘Procedures’ Window is displayed with ‘Activate
Approach’ highlighted.
2) Press the ENT Key to activate the approach.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Activating a previously loaded approach with vectors to final:
1) Press the PROC Key to display the ‘Procedures’ Window.
2) Highlight ‘Activate Vector-to-Final’ and press the ENT Key.
77
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
Appendix
Loading and activating an approach using the MENU Key:
1) From the ‘PROC - Approach Loading’ Page, press the MENU Key. The ‘Page
Menu’ Window is displayed with ‘Load & Activate Approach’ highlighted.
2) Press the ENT Key.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
b) Use the FMS Knob to enter the approach channel number, and press
the ENT Key to accept the approach channel number. The airport and
approach are selected.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Loading an approach procedure into a stored flight plan:
1) Select a stored flight plan from the ‘FPL - Flight Plan Catalog’ Page.
2) Press the Edit Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’, and
press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
3) Press the LD APR Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select “Load
Approach”, and press the ENT Key. The ‘PROC - Approach Loading’ Page is
displayed.
4) Select the airport and approach:
a) Use the FMS Knob to select an airport and press the ENT Key.
b) Select an approach from the list and press the ENT Key.
Flight Management
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the
message ‘- NOT APPROVED FOR GPS - GPS guidance is for monitoring only.
Load approach?’ is displayed. With ‘Yes’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
EISEIS
When a visual approach is selected, the message ‘Obstacle clearance is not
provided for visual approaches’ is displayed. With ‘OK’ highlighted, press
the ENT Key.
1)
Press the PROC Key.
2)
Use the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Select Approach’ and press the ENT
Key.
3)
From the ‘PROC - Approach Loading’ Page, press the MENU Key on
the MFD. The ‘Page Menu’ Window is displayed with ‘Load & Activate
Approach’ highlighted.
4)
Press the ENT Key.
When GPS is not approved for the selected final approach course, the
message ‘- NOT APPROVED FOR GPS - GPS guidance is for monitoring only.
Load approach?’ is displayed. With ‘Yes’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
Or:
When a visual approach is selected, the message ‘Obstacle clearance is not
provided for visual approaches’ is displayed. With ‘OK’ highlighted, press
the ENT Key.
Removing an Approach from the Flight Plan
Removing an approach from the active flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the MENU Key, and highlight ‘Remove Approach’.
3) Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the
approach procedure.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
Or:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page (MFD) or the
‘Flight Plan’ Window (PFD).
2) Press the FMS Knob, and turn to highlight the approach header in the
active flight plan.
78
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
4)
With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the removal, highlight
‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EISEIS
Press the CLR Key. A confirmation window is displayed listing the approach
procedure.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
3)
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Activating a missed approach in the active flight plan:
1) Press the PROC Key.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Activate Missed Approach’.
3) Press the ENT Key or the Go-Around Button. Prior to the MAP, the aircraft
will continue to laterally navigate to the MAP before executing the missed
approach. Otherwise, the aircraft automatically sequences to the MAHP.
Or:
AFCS
Missed Approach
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Removing an approach from a stored flight plan:
1) Press the FPL Key to display the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise one click to display the ‘FPL - Flight
Plan Catalog’ Page.
3) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the FMS Knob to
highlight the flight plan to be edited.
4) Press the EDIT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, select ‘Edit Flight Plan’ and
press the ENT Key. The ‘FPL - Stored Flight Plan’ Page is displayed.
5) Highlight and remove the approach:
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the white header of the
approach.
b) Press the CLR Key. The ‘Remove <procedure name> from flight plan?’
window is displayed.
6) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key. To cancel the request, press the
CLR Key, or highlight ‘CANCEL’ and press the ENT Key.
7) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Fly past the MAP, and press the SUSP Softkey on the PFD.
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
79
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
Temperature Compensated Altitude
Manually setting temperature compensated altitude:
1) From the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page, press the MENU Key. The ‘Page
Menu’ Window is displayed.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Temperature Compensation’.
3) Press the ENT Key. The ‘Temperature Compensation’ Window is displayed
with the temperature highlighted.
4)
Use the small FMS Knob to change the ‘TEMPT At <airport>’ Field. The
compensated altitude is computed as the temperature is selected.
5)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Activate Compensation?’ is highlighted.
6)
Press the ENT Key. The compensated altitudes for the approach are
shown in the flight plan.
Cancelling temperature compensated altitude:
1) From the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page, press the MENU Key. The ‘Page
Menu’ Window is displayed.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Temperature Compensation’.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The ‘Temperature Compensation’ Window is displayed.
4)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Cancel Compensation?’ is highlighted.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The temperature compensated altitude at the FAF
is cancelled.
Entering a temperature compensated minimum into an approach:
1) From the ‘FPL – Active Flight Plan’ Page, press the PROC Key. The
‘Procedures’ Window is displayed.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Select Approach’. Press the ENT
Key.
3) Use the FMS Knob and the ENT Key to select the desired approach and
transition.
4) Use the FMS Knob to place the flashing cursor in the ‘Minimums’ Box. Turn
the small FMS Knob to select ‘TEMP COMP’. Press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the minimums altitude. Press the ENT
Key. The cursor is placed in the ‘TEMP AT <destination airport>’ Field.
80
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
7)
Press the ENT Key to Load or Activate the approach. The approach
is added to the active flight plan, and the temperature compensated
minimums are displayed on the PFD.
EISEIS
Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the temperature at the destination.
Press the ENT Key.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
6)
TRIP PLANNING
Selecting automatic or manual page mode:
From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the Auto Softkey or the Manual
Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Auto Mode’ or ‘Manual Mode’,
and press the ENT Key.
Selecting flight plan or waypoint mode:
From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the FPL Softkey or the WPTs
Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Flight Plan Mode’ or ‘Waypoints
Mode’, and press the ENT Key.
Index
Index
81
Appendix
Appendix
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Selecting waypoints for waypoint mode:
1) From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the WPTs Softkey; or press the
MENU Key, highlight ‘Waypoints Mode’, and press the ENT Key. The cursor
is positioned in the waypoint field directly below the ‘FPL’ Field.
2) Turn the FMS knobs to select the desired waypoint (or select from the ‘Page
Menu’ Window ‘Set WPT to Present Position’ if that is what is desired), and
press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the second waypoint field.
3) Turn the FMS knobs to select the desired waypoint, and press the ENT Key.
The statistics for the selected leg are displayed.
AFCS
Selecting a flight plan and leg for trip statistics:
1) From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor in the ‘FPL’ Field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired flight plan number.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘CUM’ or ‘REM’. The statistics for
each leg can be viewed by turning the small FMS Knob to select the
desired leg. The Trip Planning Map also displays the selected data.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
TRIP PLANNING
Entering manual data for trip statistics calculations:
1) From the ‘Aux - Trip Planning’ Page, press the Manual Softkey or select
‘Manual Mode’ from the ‘Page Menu’ Window, and press the ENT Key. The
cursor may now be positioned in any field within the input data box.
2) Turn the FMS Knobs to move the cursor onto the ‘Departure Time’ Field and
enter the desired value. Press the ENT Key. The statistics are calculated
using the new value and the cursor moves to the next entry field. Repeat
until all desired values have been entered.
WEIGHT PLANNING
Entering basic empty weight:
1) Press the Empty WT Softkey; or press the MENU Key, highlight ‘Set Basic
Empty Weight’, and press the ENT Key to select the ‘Basic Empty Weight’
Field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the basic empty weight.
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Entering a pilot and stores weight:
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘Pilot & Stores’
Field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the pilot and stores weight.
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Entering the number of passengers:
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘Passengers #’
Field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the number of passengers.
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
82
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Entering the average passenger weight:
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the passenger
weight field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the average passenger weight.
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
EISEIS
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
4)
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Entering fuel reserve:
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘Fuel Reserves’
Field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the fuel reserves amount.
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
AFCS
Entering a fuel on board weight:
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘Fuel on Board’
Field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the fuel on board.
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Entering the cargo weight:
1) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the ‘Cargo’ Field.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the cargo weight.
3) Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor.
Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
83
RAIM PREDICTION
Predicting RAIM availability at a selected waypoint:
1) Select the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page.
2) If necessary, press the RAIM Softkey.
3) Press the FMS Knob. The ‘Waypoint’ Field is highlighted.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the ‘Waypoint Information’ Window.
5) Enter the desired waypoint:
Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired waypoint by identifier, facility,
or city name and press the ENT Key.
Or:
a) Turn the small FMS Knob counter-clockwise to display a list of flight
plan waypoints (the FPL list is populated only when navigating a flight
plan).
b) Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to display the Flight Plan, Nearest,
Recent, or User waypoints, if required.
c) Turn the large FMS Knob clockwise to select the desired waypoint. The
system automatically fills in the identifier, facility, and city fields with the
information for the selected waypoint.
d) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
6) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
7) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
8) With the cursor highlighting ‘Compute RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once
RAIM availability is computed, one of the following is displayed:
• ‘Compute RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current
waypoint, time, and date combination
• ‘Computing Availability’—RAIM calculation in progress
• ‘RAIM Available’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified
waypoint, time, and date
• ‘RAIM not Available’—RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the
specified waypoint, time, and date
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
84
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight Management
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
AFCS
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Disabling SBAS:
1) Select the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page.
2) If necessary, press the SBAS Softkey.
3) Press the FMS Knob, and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘EGNOS’,
‘MSAS’ or ‘WAAS’.
4) Press the ENT Key to uncheck the box.
5) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
EISEIS
SBAS SELECTION
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Predicting RAIM availability at present position:
1) Select the ‘Aux - GPS Status’ Page.
2) If necessary, press the RAIM Softkey.
3) Press the FMS Knob. The ‘Waypoint’ Field is highlighted.
4) Press the MENU Key.
5) With ‘Set WPT to Present Position’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
6) Press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint entry.
7) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival time and press the ENT Key.
8) Use the FMS Knob to enter an arrival date and press the ENT Key.
9) With the cursor highlighting ‘Compute RAIM?’, press the ENT Key. Once
RAIM availability is computed, one of the following is displayed:
• ‘Compute RAIM?’—RAIM has not been computed for the current
waypoint, time, and date combination
• ‘Computing Availability’—RAIM calculation in progress
• ‘RAIM Available’—RAIM is predicted to be available for the specified
waypoint, time, and date
• ‘RAIM not Available’—RAIM is predicted to be unavailable for the
specified waypoint, time, and date
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
85
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Flight Management
Blank Page
86
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
DATA LINK WEATHER
ACTIVATING DATA LINK WEATHER SERVICES
Activating the SiriusXM Weather Service
87
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
Appendix
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Establishing an account for SiriusXM services:
1) Select the XM Radio Page in the Aux Page Group.
2) If necessary, press the Info Softkey to display the ‘Aux - XM Information’
Page.
3) Note the Data Radio ID (for SiriusXM Weather data) and/or the Audio Radio
ID (for SiriusXM Satellite Radio).
4) Contact SiriusXM customer service through the phone number listed on its
website, www.siriusxm.com.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
SiriusXM uses the coded IDs to send an activation signal that allows the system to
display weather data and/or provide audio entertainment programming through the data
link receiver.
AFCS
Before SiriusXM Weather can be used, the service must be enabled by providing SiriusXM’s customer service the coded ID(s) unique to the installed data link receiver. The
Data Radio ID must be provided to activate the weather service. A separate Audio Radio
ID, if present, enables the receiver to provide SiriusXM Radio entertainment. To view this
information, refer to the following locations:
• The ‘Aux - XM Information’ Page on the MFD.
• The SiriusXM Activation Instructions included with the Data Link Receiver.
• The label on the back of the Data Link Receiver.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to
determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link weather
product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing weather
data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by the data
link weather product may be older than the indicated weather product age.
EISEIS
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in,
near, or around areas of hazardous weather. Information contained within
data link weather products may not accurately depict current weather conditions.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
5)
Provide SiriusXM customer service the Data Radio ID and/or Audio Radio
ID, in addition to payment information, and the desired weather product
subscription package.
Verifying the SiriusXM Weather service activation:
1) Once a SiriusXM Weather account has been established, select the XM
Radio Page in the Auxiliary Page Group.
2) If necessary, press the Info Softkey to display the ‘Aux - XM Information’
Page.
3) View the list of supported Weather Products. An empty box appears next
to an unavailable weather product; a green filled box appears next to an
available weather product. During activation, it may take several minutes
for weather products in the selected subscription package to become
available.
Activating Garmin Connext Weather
Garmin Connext weather requires an active Iridium satellite network account and an
active subscription to the Garmin Connext Weather service.
A subscriber account must be established for the Iridium transceiver prior to using
the Iridium Satellite System for telephone services. Before setting up an Iridium account,
obtain the serial number of the Iridium Transceiver (GSR1) and the System ID by selecting
the ‘Aux - System Status’ Page. Then go to the website www.flygarmin.com and follow
the instructions for establishing an account for Garmin Connext data services. After an
account has been established, Garmin provides an access code that must be entered and
successfully transmitted to the Garmin Connext service via the Iridium satellite network.
Registering the system to receive Garmin Connext Weather:
1) With the aircraft outside and having a clear view of the sky, turn the large
FMS Knob on the MFD to select the Map page group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’
Page. If another data link weather source such as ‘XM’ or ‘FIS-B’ is
displayed in the page title, it will be necessary to change the data link
weather source to CNXT before continuing. Refer to ‘Viewing the Weather
Data Link (CNXT) Page’ procedure to change the data link source to prior to
registration.
3) If the system displays the Connext Registration Window, proceed to step 6.
Otherwise, press the MENU Key. The page menu window is now displayed.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘Register With Connext’ in the menu list.
88
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Press the ENT Key.
6)
Enter the access code provided by Garmin in the ‘Access Code’ field.
7)
Press the ENT Key. ‘Register’ is highlighted.
8)
Press the ENT Key. The system contacts Garmin through the Iridium
network. System registration is complete when the Current Registration
Window displays the correct information for the Airframe, Tail Number,
Airframe Serial Number, and Iridium Serial Number.
9)
When finished, push the FMS Knob to remove the Connext Registration
Window.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
5)
Product Symbol
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
60
Echo Tops
30
SiriusXM Lightning
30
Storm Cell Movement
30
SIGMETs
60
AIRMETs
60
METARs
90
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Index
Index
Cloud Tops
Appendix
Appendix
30
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Next-generation Radar (NEXRAD)
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
SiriusXM Weather Product
AFCS
Enabling/disabling the weather product age for PFD Maps:
1) With the PFD Inset Map or HSI Map displayed, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the WX LGND Softkey to show/remove the weather product age
information for PFD maps.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
The weather product age is shown automatically for weather products displayed on
MFD maps. For PFD maps, the pilot can manually enable/disable the age information.
EISEIS
WEATHER PRODUCT AGE
89
SiriusXM Weather Product
Index
Index
Product Symbol
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
City Forecast
90
Surface Analysis
60
Freezing Levels
120
Winds Aloft
90
County Warnings
60
Cyclone (Hurricane) Warnings
60
Icing Potential (CIP and SLD)
90
Pilot Weather Report (PIREPs)
90
Air Report (AIREPs)
90
Turbulence
180
No Radar Coverage
no product symbol
30
Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs)
Terminal Aerodrome Reports (TAFs)
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
FIS-B Weather Product
60
no product symbol
Symbol
60
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
NEXRAD Composite (US)
30
NEXRAD Composite (Regional)
30
90
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Symbol
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
Pilot Weather Report (PIREP)
90
Winds Aloft
*
SIGMETs/AIRMETs
60
No Radar Coverage
No product image
30
Terminal Aerodrome Forecast (TAF)
No product image
60
Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR)
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
90
EISEIS
METARs
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
FIS-B Weather Product
60
Symbol
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
60
Connext Lightning
30
SIGMETs
60
AIRMETs
60
Meteorological Aerodrome Report
(METARs)
90
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Index
Index
Cloud Tops
Appendix
Appendix
30
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Connext Radar
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Garmin Connext Weather
Product
AFCS
* The Winds Aloft product no longer issues an expiration time. It uses the best applicable
model data for the time given, if one is available, to set an expiration time.
91
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Garmin Connext Weather
Product
Symbol
Expiration Time
(Minutes)
Winds Aloft
90
Pilot Weather Reports
(PIREPs)
90
Temporary Flight Restrictions
(TFRs)
60
Terminal Aerodrome Reports
(TAFs)
no product image
60
† Canadian radar precipitation data provided by Environment Canada.
ˆ Australian radar precipitation data provided by the Australia Bureau of Meteorology.
DISPLAYING DATA LINK WEATHER PRODUCTS
Viewing the Weather Data Link Page and changing the data link
weather source, if applicable:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather Data Link (XM or CNXT or
FIS-B) Page. The currently selected data link weather source appears in the
page title.
3) If the page title does not contain the desired weather source, press the
MENU Key.
a) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Display XM Weather’, ‘Display Connext
Weather’ or ‘Display FIS-B Weather’ (choices may vary depending on
the installed equipment).
b) Press the ENT Key.
Viewing legends for displayed weather products on the Weather
Data Link Page:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Press the Legend Softkey to display the legends for the displayed weather
products.
Or:
a) Press the MENU Key.
b) Select ‘Weather Legend’ and press the ENT Key.
92
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Turn the FMS Knob to scroll through the legends if more are available than
fit in the window.
4)
To remove the XM Weather Legends Window, press the Legend Softkey,
the ENT or the CLR Key, or press the FMS Knob.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
190-02040-01 Rev. B
AFCS
Restoring default Weather Data Link Page settings:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Selecting a map orientation for the Weather Data Link Page:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Group options.
5) If SiriusXM is the selected data link weather source, turn the small FMS
Knob to highlight the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key.
Or:
If FIS-B or Garmin Connext is the selected data link weather source, turn
the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Orientation‘ field at the bottom of the
Product Group 1 list.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired map orientation: North
up, Track up, HDG up, or SYNC, then press the ENT Key.
EISEIS
Setting up and customizing the Weather Data Link Page:
1) Select the Weather Data Link Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’, then press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Product Group 1’ or ‘Product Group 2’,
and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (On/Off,
range settings, etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link (XM)
Page with the changed settings.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
3)
93
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
3)
Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’, then press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the MENU Key.
5)
Highlight the desired default(s) to restore (all or for selection) and press
ENT Key.
6)
When finished, press the FMS Knob or press the CLR Key.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
Weather Product Map Overlays
Displaying Data Link Weather Products on the ‘Map - Navigation
Map’ Page:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the softkey to enable/disable the desired weather product.
Showing/removing the weather legend on the ‘Map - Navigation
Map’ Page:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the Legend Softkey to show the weather legends window.
4) When finished, press the Legend Softkey again, or press the FMS Knob or
the CLR Key to remove the window.
Setting up and customizing weather data for the navigation maps:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group and press the ENT
Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (On/Off,
range settings).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with
the changed settings.
94
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
95
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
190-02040-01 Rev. B
AFCS
Manually Requesting Garmin Connext Weather information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Connext Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired coverage option(s) and
press the ENT Key to show or hide a green check mark to select one of
more of the following coverage selections:
• Present Position – Requests data based on current location.
• Destination – Requests data based on the active flight plan
destination (Direct-To destinations excluded). See the Flight
Management section for more information about entering and
activating flight plans.
• FPL – Requests data along an active flight plan, if one currently
exists. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired flight plan
look-ahead distance option (or choose ‘Remaining FPL’ to request
weather data for the remainder of the flight plan), then press the
ENT Key.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
CONNEXT DATA REQUESTS
EISEIS
Enabling/disabling the weather product icon and age display (PFD
maps):
1) On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the WX LGND Softkey to enable/disable the weather product age,
source, and icon box display on PFD Maps.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Displaying Data Link Weather products on the PFD:
1) On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the desired weather product softkey(s) to enable/disable the display
of data link products on the PFD map.
3) To enable/disable a data link lightning weather product on a PFD, press the
Lightning Softkey.
a) Press the Datalink Softkey to enable data link lightning or press the
LTNG Off Softkey.
b) Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level PFD Softkeys.
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
• Waypoint – Requests data based on a waypoint (which may be
off-route). Turn the large and small FMS Knobs to enter a waypoint,
then press the ENT Key.
Turn the large FMS Knob highlight to the ‘Diameter / Route Width’ distance
field and turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired diameter and route
width of the request, then press the ENT Key.
6)
Turn the large FMS Knob until the ‘Send Request’ field is highlighted. Press
the ENT Key to initiate the request immediately or press the FMS Knob to
return to the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page without requesting
weather data.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
5)
Cancelling a Connext Data Request in Progress:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Connext Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Cancel Request’ field and press the
ENT Key. The request status box indicates ‘Request Cancelled’.
5) Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’
Page.
Enabling/disabling automatic Connext Data Requests:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Connext Data Request’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Choose the desired weather coverage options.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Update Rate’ field. Then turn the
small FMS Knob to highlight the desired automatic update frequency (Off,
5 Min, 10 Min, 15 Min, 20 Min, 30 Min, 45 Min, or 60 Min), then press the
ENT Key.
6) The ‘Send Request’ field is highlighted and a countdown timer is displayed
in the ‘Request Status’ Window based on the currently selected update
rate. Press the ENT Key to immediately send an immediate Connext Data
Request.
Or:
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’
Page.
96
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
WEATHER PRODUCT OVERVIEW
NEXRAD (SiriusXM)
EISEIS
Enabling/disabling NEXRAD weather information on the ‘Map Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
Enabling/disabling NEXRAD weather information on PFD maps:
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
Index
Index
97
Appendix
Appendix
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Displaying Time-Lapse NEXRAD Animation on the ‘Map - Weather
Data Link (XM)’ Page:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Weather Setup’ and press the ENT Key.
3) With ‘Product Group 1’ selected, turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the
NEXRAD Animation On/Off field.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’, then press the ENT Key.
5) To remove the menu, push the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
AFCS
Changing the NEXRAD coverage region:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather Setup’ and press the ENT
Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the NEXRAD Region datafield.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘US’ or ‘CNDA’ (Canada) and press
the ENT Key.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Enabling/disabling NEXRAD weather information on MFD navigation maps:
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Displaying Time-Lapse NEXRAD Animation on navigation maps:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the NEXRAD Animation On/Off field.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘On’ or ‘Off’ and press the ENT Key.
7) To remove the menu, push the FMS Knob or the CLR Key.
NEXRAD (FIS-B)
Displaying the NEXRAD weather product on the ‘Map - Weather
Data Link (FIS-B)’ Page:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (FIS-B)’ Page.
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey. Each press cycles though a coverage option as
the softkey name changes (US, RGNL, or US/RGNL.
Displaying the FIS-B NEXRAD weather product on the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page:
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey.
3) To change the type of NEXRAD displayed, press the MENU Key.
4) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Weather’ Group, then press the
ENT Key.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the NEXRAD Data Region field.
7) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘CONUS’ (continental United States),
‘RGNL’ (regional), or ‘Combined’, then press the ENT Key. This selection
also affects display of NEXRAD on the PFD Maps.
8) When finished, press the FMS Knob or press the CLR Key.
Displaying the FIS-B NEXRAD weather product on PFD maps:
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the NEXRAD Softkey to enable/disable the display of NEXRAD
information.
98
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Echo Tops (SirisuXM)
Displaying Echo Tops information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the Echo Top Softkey.
Cloud Tops (SiriusXM)
Displaying Cloud Tops information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page with the FMS Knob.
2) Press the CLD Top Softkey.
AFCS
Data Link Lightning (SiriusXM, Garmin Connext)
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
Appendix
Displaying Data Link Lightning information on PFD maps:
1) On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the Lightning Softkey.
3) Press the Datalink Softkey.
4) When finished, press the Back Softkey.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Displaying Data Link Lightning information on the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page:
1) Turn the FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the XM LTNG or DL LTNG Softkey.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Displaying Data Link Lightning information on Weather Data Link
Page:
1) Turn the FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or CNXT)’
Page.
2) Press the XM LTNGSoft Softkey or the DL LTNG Softkey.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
EISEIS
Displaying Precipitation weather information:
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey (for PFD maps, press the Map/HSI or Map
Opt Softkey). This step is not necessary on the ‘Map - Weather Data Link
(CNXT)’ Page.
2) Press the PRECIP Softkey.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Precipitation (Garmin Connext)
99
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Cell Movement (SiriusXM)
Displaying Cell Movement information on the ‘Map - Weather Data
Link (XM)’ Page:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page using the FMS Knob.
2) Press the Cell MOV Softkey.
Setting up the system to display Cell Movement with NEXRAD on
navigation maps:
1) Use the FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘Weather’ and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to ‘On’ or ‘Off’ for the Cell Movement menu
option. When set to ‘On’, Cell Movement is enabled/disabled with the
NEXRAD weather product on navigation maps. When set to ‘Off’, Cell
Movement is not displayed on navigation maps.
6) When finished, push the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to remove the menu.
Infrared Satellite (Garmin Connext)
Displaying Infrared Satellite information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (CNXT)’ Page.
2) Press the IR SAT Softkey.
SIGMETs and AIRMETs
Displaying SIGMETs and AIRMETs:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or CNXT or FIS-B)’ Page.
2) Press the SIG/AIR Softkey.
3) To view the text of the SIGMET or AIRMET, press the Joystick and move the
Map Pointer over the icon.
4) Press the ENT key. The following figure shows sample SIGMET text.
METARs and TAFs
Displaying METAR and TAF text on the MFD:
1) On the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or FIS-B or CNXT)’ Page, press the
METAR Softkey.
100
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Press the ENT Key. The ‘WPT - Weather Information’ Page is shown with
METAR and TAF text.
4)
Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF
text. METAR text must be completely scrolled through before scrolling
through the TAF text.
5)
Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link
Page.
Or:
1)
Select the ‘WPT - Airport Information’ Page on the MFD.
Press the WX Softkey to select the ‘WPT - Weather Information’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to display the cursor.
3)
Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired airport and press the ENT Key.
4)
Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the METAR and TAF
text. Note that the METAR text must be completely scrolled through before
scrolling through the TAF text.
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
Appendix
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Displaying Surface Analysis and City Forecast information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Displaying original METAR text information on the PFD Inset Map:
1) On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the METAR Softkey.
4) Press the Joystick and pan to the desired METAR flag. Original METAR
text appears on the map.
5) When finished, press the Joystick to remove the Map Pointer.
AFCS
Displaying original METAR text on the Active Flight Plan Page:
1) Select the ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page on the MFD.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight a waypoint with an available METAR
(indicated with a METAR flag next to it). The METAR text will appear in the
‘Selected Waypoint Weather’ Window below.
4) When finished, press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor or press the FPL
Key to exit the Active Flight Plan Page.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
3)
EISEIS
Press the Joystick and pan to the desired airport.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
2)
101
2)
Press the More WX Softkey.
3)
Press the SFC Softkey.
4)
Press the softkey for the desired forecast time: Current, 12 HR, 24 HR, 36
HR, or 48 HR. The SFC Softkey label changes to show the forecast time
selected.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Or:
Press the Off Softkey to disable the display of the weather product.
Freezing Level (SiriusXM)
Displaying Freezing Level information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
3) Press the FRZ LVL Softkey.
Winds Aloft
Displaying the Winds Aloft weather product:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or FIS-B)’ Page.
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
3) Press the Wind Softkey.
4) Press a softkey for the desired altitude level: SFC (surface) up to 42,000
feet. Press the Next or Prev Softkey to cycle through the altitude softkeys.
The Wind Softkey label changes to reflect the altitude selected.
Enabling/disabling the Vertical Situation Display (containing winds
aloft data):
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the Inset Softkey.
4) Press the VSD Softkey to enable/disable the Vertical Situation Display.
Enabling/disabling winds aloft data display for the VSD:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
102
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘VSD’ and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Winds on/off field.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘On’ or ‘Off’.
7)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’
Page with the changed settings.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
4)
EISEIS
County Warnings (SiriusXM)
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Displaying County Warning information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
3) Press the County Softkey.
Cyclone (SiriusXM)
AFCS
Displaying cyclone (hurricane) track information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
3) Press the Cyclone Softkey.
Turbulence (SiriusXM)
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
103
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Appendix
Appendix
Displaying Turbulence data:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
3) Press the TURB Softkey.
4) Select a softkey for the desired altitude: 21,000 feet up to 45,000 feet.
Press the Next or PREV Softkey to cycle through the altitude softkeys. The
TURB Softkey label changes to indicate the altitude selection.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Displaying Icing data:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM)’ Page.
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
3) Press the ICNG Softkey.
4) Press a softkey for the desired altitude level: 1,000 feet up to 30,000 feet.
Press the Next or PREV Softkey to cycle through the altitude softkeys. The
ICNG Softkey label changes to indicate the altitude selected.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Icing (CIP & SLD) (SiriusXM)
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
PIREPs and AIREPs
Displaying PIREP and AIREP text:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or FIS-B or CNXT)’ Page.
2) Press the More WX Softkey.
3) Press the PIREPS Softkey or the AIREPS Softkey. (Note the AIREPS Softkey is
only available with the SiriusXM Weather service.)
4) Press the Joystick and pan to the desired weather report. A gray circle will
appear around the weather report when it is selected.
5) Press the ENT Key. The Weather Information Page is shown with PIREP or
AIREP text. The data is first displayed in a decoded fashion, followed by the
original text. Note the original text may contain additional information not
present in the decoded version.
6) Use the FMS Knob or the ENT Key to scroll through the PIREP or AIREP
text.
7) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to return to the Weather Data Link
Page.
TFRS
Displaying TFR Data:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (XM or FIS-B or CNXT)’ Page or ‘Map Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the Joystick and pan the map pointer over a TFR to highlight it. The
system displays TFR summary information above the map.
3) Press the ENT Key. The system displays a pop-up menu.
4) If necessary, turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Review Airspaces’ and press the
ENT Key. The system displays the TFR Information window.
5) Press the FMS Knob or the CLR Key to remove the TFR Information
window.
Setting up and customizing TFR data for maps on which TFR data
can be displayed:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
104
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aviation’ Group and press the ENT
Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll to the TFR product range settings.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (Off, range settings).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’
Page with the changed settings.
FIS-B WEATHER STATUS
Viewing FIS-B status:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Aux Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - ADS-B Status’ Page.
USING THE STORMSCOPE PAGE
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Appendix
Appendix
Adjusting the Stormscope Map Range:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - Stormscope®’ Page.
3) Turn the Joystick clockwise to increase the map range or counterclockwise to decrease the map range.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
WARNING: Do not rely on information from the lightning detection system
display as the sole basis for hazardous weather avoidance. Range limitations
and interference may cause the system to display inaccurate or incomplete
information. Refer to documentation from the lightning detection system
manufacturer for detailed information about the system.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
STORMSCOPE LIGHTNING DETECTION SYSTEM
AFCS
Enabling/disabling the FIS-B weather feature:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Data Link (FIS-B)’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight ‘Enable FIS-B Weather’ or ‘Disable
FIS-B Weather’, and press the ENT Key.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
4)
EISEIS
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
3)
105
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Selecting ‘cell’ or ‘strike’ mode on the ‘Map - Stormscope®’ Page:
1) Select the ‘Map - Stormscope®’ Page.
2)
Press the Mode Softkey. The Cell and Strike softkeys are displayed.
3)
Press the Cell Softkey to display ‘CELL’ data or press the Strike Softkey to
display ‘STRIKE’ data. ‘CELL’ or ‘STRIKE’ is displayed in the mode box in the
upper right corner of the ‘Map - Stormscope®’ Page.
4)
Press the Back Softkey to return to the top-level softkeys for the ‘Map Stormscope®’ Page.
ADDITIONAL STORMSCOPE DISPLAYS
Displaying Stormscope information on MFD navigation maps:
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2) Press the STRMSCP Softkey.
Setting up Stormscope options on the ‘Map - Navigation Map’
Page:
1) On the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page, press the MENU Key.
2) With ‘Map Settings’ selected, press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the group selection window. Turn the
small FMS Knob to select ‘Weather’, and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight and move between the product
selections.
5) When an item is highlighted, turn the small FMS Knob to select the option.
6) Press the ENT Key.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
Displaying Stormscope information on PFD maps:
1) On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the Lightning Softkey.
3) Press the STRMSCP Softkey.
4) Press the Back Softkey twice to return to the top-level softkeys.
Manually clearing Stormscope cell or strike information:
1) Select the ‘Map - Stormscope®’ Page.
2) Press the Clear Softkey.
106
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
AIRBORNE COLOR WEATHER RADAR
BASIC ANTENNA TILT AND RANGE SETUP
CAUTION: Overflight of thunderstorms should not be considered safe, as
extreme turbulence and hail may exist significantly above observed returns.
Managing Tilt Angle and Range
There are many factors to be considered in order to become proficient at using airborne
weather radar in all situations. The following setup provides a good starting point for the
practical application of radar tilt management.
Taxi
Up 7.50° to 10.00°
20 NM
Activate weather mode when clear of
ramp area.
Takeoff / Initial
Climb
Up 7.50° to 10.00°
Altitude
Compensated Tilt On
40 - 60 NM
If precipitation is observed in the
departure path, gain can be reduced
to aid in identification of intense
returns.
Typical Tilt Settings by Phase of Flight
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
107
Index
Index
Notes
Appendix
Appendix
Range Setting
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Tilt Angle
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Phase of Flight
AFCS
Radar tilt management can easily be remembered by use of the 1-10-1000 rule. The
summary of this rule is the fact that when the flight crew changes the radar tilt angle by
1 degree the resulting change will displace the center of the beam 1000 feet vertically at
a range of 10 nautical miles. Applying the 1-10-1000 rule to various distances provides
the flight crew with the ability to determine how much a 1-degree change in tilt will move
the beam vertically. The radar tilt angle is capable of being adjusted in one-quarter degree
increments, allowing for greater accuracy in the placement of the beam center at desired
altitudes.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
NOTE: It is the sole responsibility of the flight crew to avoid areas of hazardous weather by adequate margins.
EISEIS
NOTE: When a strong weather return is displayed on the weather radar, the
tilt angle may be adjusted to explore return intensities at various altitudes
to aid in determination of radar tops.
Phase of Flight
Tilt Angle
Range Setting
10,000 Ft. AGL
Up 3.00 to 5.00°
Altitude
Compensated Tilt On
60 - 80 NM
Range setting is dependent upon
ground speed and time available for
deviations.
Cruise
Tilt to Minimize
Clutter
Altitude
Compensated Tilt On
60 - 120 NM
Range setting is dependent upon
ground speed and time available for
deviations. Tilt angle set to show
minimal ground clutter.
Descent To
10,000 FT
Tilt to Minimize
Clutter
Altitude
Compensated Tilt On
60 - 120 NM
Range setting is dependent upon
ground speed and time available for
deviation.
Descent Below
10,000 FT
Up 7.50° to 10.00°
Altitude
Compensated Tilt On
40 - 60 NM
Range setting is dependent upon
ground speed and time available
for deviation. Tilt angle set to show
ground clutter in outer 1/3 of radar
display.
Approach
Up 7.50° to 10.00°
Altitude
Compensated Tilt On
20 NM
These settings allow for observation
of the approach area and the missed
approach holding area.
Notes
Typical Tilt Settings by Phase of Flight
WEATHER MAPPING AND INTERPRETATION
Weather Display Interpretation
When evaluating various target returns on the weather radar display, the colors denote
precipitation intensity and rates shown in the table.
NOTE: The color white only represents turbulence on the GWX 75 when the
turbulence detection option is installed.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
108
Weather Mode Color
Intensity (in dBz)
Approximate
Precipitation Rate (in/hr.)
Black
< 23 dBZ
< .01.
Green
23 dBZ to < 32 dBZ
.01 - 0.1.
Yellow
32 dBZ to < 41 dBZ
0.1 - 0.5
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Approximate
Precipitation Rate (in/hr.)
Red
41 dBZ to < 50 dBZ
0.5 - 2
Magenta
50 dBZ and greater
>2
EISEIS
Intensity (in dBz)
Precipitation Intensity Levels (GWX-68)
Intensity (in dBz)
Approximate
Precipitation Rate (in/hr.)
Black
< 23 dBZ
< .01
Green
23 dBZ to < 33 dBZ
.01 - 0.1
Yellow
33 dBZ to < 41 dBZ
0.1 - 0.5
Red
41 dBZ and greater
Greater than 0.5
TURB- (Optional) Turbulence Detection uses the color
magenta to show areas of rain or hail that may also contain
turbulence
Magenta
(Optional)
23 dBZ or 24 dBZ
Green
25 dBZ or 26 dBZ
Green
27 dBZ or 28 dBZ
Green
29 dBZ or 30 dBZ
Green
31 dBZ or 32 dBZ
Yellow
33 dBZ or 34 dBZ
Yellow
35 dBZ or 36 dBZ
Yellow
37 dBZ or 38 dBZ
Yellow
39 dBZ or 40 dBZ
Red
41 dBZ or 42 dBZ
Red
43 dBZ or 44 dBZ
Red
45 dBZ or 46 dBZ
Red
47 dBZ or 48 dBZ
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Index
Index
Green
Appendix
Appendix
< 23 dBZ
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Intensity (in dBz)
Black
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Weather Mode Color
AFCS
Precipitation Intensity Levels (GWX-70)
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Weather Mode Color
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Weather Mode Color
109
Weather Mode Color
Intensity (in dBz)
Magenta
49 dBZ to 50 dBZ
Magenta
51 dBZ to 53 dBZ
Magenta
> 54 dBZ
TURB- Turbulence Detection uses the color white to show
areas of rain or hail that may also contain turbulence
White
Precipitation Intensity Levels (GWX-75)
In addition, when the optional Turbulence Detection feature is enabled, the system
uses the color Magenta (GWX-70) or white (GWX-75) to show areas of rain or hail which
likely contain turbulence.
Operation in Weather Mode
WARNING: Do not assume weather radar transmission is disabled unless
all display panes displaying weather radar are set to Standby Mode, and are
displaying ‘STANDBY’ in the center of each weather radar display.
CAUTION: In Standby mode, the antenna is parked at the center line. It is
always a good idea to ensure the radar is in Standby mode before taxiing
the aircraft to prevent the antenna from bouncing on the bottom stop and
possibly causing damage to the radar assembly.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
AFCS
WARNING: Do not operate the weather radar in a transmitting mode when
personnel or objects are within the MPEL boundary.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
NOTE: Garmin recommends the user obtain instruction in the proper operation of airborne weather radar.
When the weather radar system is in the Weather or Ground Map mode, the system
automatically switches to Standby mode on landing.
In Reversionary mode, the weather radar system automatically switches to Standby
mode. The system remains in Standby mode until both displays are restored. In Reversionary mode, the weather radar system cannot be controlled.
Displaying weather on the Weather Radar Page:
1) Select the Weather Radar Page in the Map Page Group with the FMS Knob.
2) Select the Mode Softkey.
110
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
While on the ground, select the Standby Softkey. For the GWX 68 only,
a one-minute warm-up period is initiated (countdown is displayed on the
screen). After the warm-up is complete, the radar enters the Standby Mode.
The warm-up period is not applicable to the GWX 70/75.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight YES and press the ENT Key to
continue radar activation.
If the aircraft is airborne, select the Weather Softkey. For the GWX 68 only,
a one-minute warm-up period is initiated (countdown is displayed on the
screen). After the warm-up is complete, the radar begins transmitting. The
warm-up period is not applicable to the GWX 70/75.
4)
Turn the Joystick to select the desired map range.
5)
The horizontal scan is initially displayed. If desired, select the Vertical
Softkey to change to vertical scanning.
Vertically scanning a storm cell:
While in the Horizontal Scan view, press the BRG Softkey. This places the
cursor in the BEARING field and displays the Bearing Line.
If the Bearing Line is not displayed, press the MENU Key and turn the large
FMS Knob to select Show Bearing Line. Press the ENT Key.
Turn the small FMS Knob to place the Bearing Line on the desired storm
cell or other area to be vertically scanned.
4)
Press the Vertical Softkey. A vertical scan of the selected area is now
displayed.
5)
The small FMS Knob may be used to move the scanned bearing line a few
degrees right or left.
6)
Turn the Joystick to adjust the range.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
8)
To select a new area to be vertically scanned, press the Horizontal Softkey
to return to the Horizontal Scan view and repeat the previous steps.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
111
Index
Index
3)
Appendix
Appendix
Press the ENT Key.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
2)
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
1)
AFCS
NOTE: Vertical scanning of a storm cell should be done with the aircraft
wings level to avoid constant adjustment of the Bearing Line.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Or:
EISEIS
a) Select the Weather Softkey. A confirmation window is displayed.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
3)
The Joystick can also be used to adjust bearing from left to right.
Adjusting antenna tilt on the Horizontal Scan display:
1)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor in the TILT field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired antenna tilt angle.
3)
Press the ENT Key.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
The Joystick can also be used to adjust tilt up and down.
Adjusting antenna tilt on the Vertical Scan display:
1)
Press the Tilt Softkey to activate the cursor in the TILT field and display the
Tilt Line.
If the Tilt Line is not displayed, press the MENU Key and turn the large
FMS Knob to select Show Tilt Line. Press the ENT Key.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to adjust the antenna tilt angle. The selected tilt
angle is implemented when Horizontal Scan is again selected.
The Joystick can also be used to adjust tilt.
Enabling/disabling manual gain adjustment:
Press the Gain Softkey to activate the cursor in the Gain field.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to adjust the gain for the desirable level. The
gain setting is visible in the Gain field as a movable horizontal bar in
a flashing box. The line pointer is a reference depicting the calibrated
position.
3)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
4)
Press the Gain Softkey again to return to the calibrated gain setting.
‘Calibrated’ is displayed in the Gain field.
Index
Index
1)
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
WARNING: Changing the gain in weather mode causes precipitation intensity
to be displayed as a color not representative of the true intensity. Remember
to return the gain setting to Calibrated for viewing the actual intensity of
precipitation.
Appendix
Appendix
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
112
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
4)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the Sector Scan field.
5)
Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight the desired scan. Selecting ‘Full’
enables a 90º scan (GWX 68) or 120º scan (GWX 70/75).
6)
If desired, readjust the Bearing Line as discussed previously to change the
center of the Sector Scan.
7)
Press the BRG Softkey again to remove the Bearing Line and cursor. The
bearing reference is reset to 0º.
AFCS
Turbulence Detection
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Turn the small FMS Knob to place the Bearing Line in the desired position.
The location of the Bearing Line becomes the center point of the Sector
Scan.
EISEIS
3)
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Enabling/disabling Sector Scanning:
1) While in horizontal scan mode, press the BRG Softkey to display the
Bearing Line and place the cursor in the BEARING field. If the Bearing Line
is not displayed, press the MENU Key and turn the large FMS Knob to
select Show Bearing Line.
2) Press the ENT Key.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Enabling/Disabling Turbulence Detection during a Horizontal Scan:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Radar’ Page.
2) With the radar in weather mode, press the Features Softkey.
3) To activate or deactivate the turbulence detection feature, press the TURB
Softkey. Turbulence detection is enabled when the softkey annunciator is
green; turbulence detection is disabled when the softkey annunciator is
gray. The system indicates the current turbulence detection feature status
in the upper right of the ‘Map - Weather Radar’ Page.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
The optional Turbulence Detection feature, available with the GWX 70/75, identifies
areas of turbulence associated with precipitation using the color magenta (GWX 70) or
white (GWX 75) during a horizontal scan. The magenta or white areas represent precipitation moving at a high rate of speed either toward or away from the radar antenna, using
Doppler radar measurements. This feature cannot detect areas of Clear Air Turbulence.
Weather Attenuated Color Highlight (WATCH™)
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Index
Index
To activate or deactivate the WATCH feature, press the WATCH Softkey.
113
Removing Ground Clutter
The optional Ground Clutter Suppression (GCS) feature which is available on either
the GWX 70/75, the system can distinguish between reflected ground returns (such as
terrain features and buildings) and airborne weather phenomena. Ground clutter may be
most pronounced when using a low antenna tilt angle, or when approaching mountainous
terrain.
NOTE: The GCS feature of the airborne weather radar may remove the display
of low-intensity precipitation in addition to ground returns when the feature
is enabled.
Enabling/disabling Ground Clutter Suppression:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Radar’ Page.
2) Press the Mode Softkey.
3) To enable or disable the ground clutter suppression feature, press the
GCS Softkey. Ground clutter suppression is enabled when the softkey
annunciator is green; ground clutter suppression is disabled when the
annunciator is gray.
Weather Alert Bands and PFD Alert
The Weather Alert feature indicates the presence of heavy precipitation between the
ranges of 80 and 320 nm regardless of the currently displayed range. Weather Alerts are
displayed as red bands along the outer range ring at the approximate azimuth of the detected returns.
If a Weather Alert is detected within ±10° of the aircraft heading, and the WX ALRT
Softkey is enabled, the system also displays an alert on the PFD in the Alerts Window.
Enabling/disabling the Weather Alerts Bands and Alerts Window
Message:
1) Select the ‘Map - Weather Radar’ Page.
2) Select the Features Softkey.
3) Select the WX ALRT Softkey to enable/disable the Weather Alert Bands and
Alerts Window message for severe weather head.
4) Select the Back Softkey to return to the top-level softkeys.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
114
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Cyan
3 dB to < 13 dB
Yellow
13 dB to less than 21 dB
Magenta
21 dB to less than 29 dB
Blue
29 dB and greater
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
0 to 2 dB
AFCS
Intensity
Black
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Ground Map Mode Color
EISEIS
GROUND MAPPING AND INTERPRETATION
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Enabling/disabling the Weather Alerts Bands and Alerts Window
Message on the PFD.
1) If necessary, enable the HSI Map on the PFD.
2) On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
3) Press the WX Radar Softkey to enable/disable the airborne weather radar
HSI Map overlay.
4) Press the RDR Opt Softkey.
5) Press the Features Softkey.
6) Press the WX ALRT Softkey to enable/disable the Weather Alert Bands and
Alerts Window message for severe weather head.
7) Press the Back Softkey three times to return to the top-level softkeys.
Ground Target Return Intensity Levels
Operation in Ground Map Mode:
Press the Mode Softkey.
2)
Press the Ground Softkey to place the radar in Ground Map mode.
3)
Press the Back Softkey.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the Tilt field.
6)
Adjust the antenna tilt angle by turning the small FMS Knob to display
ground returns at the desired distance.
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
1)
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
115
ADDITIONAL WEATHER RADAR DISPLAYS
Enabling/disabling Airborne Weather Radar Overlay on the ‘Map Navigation Map’ Page:
1) Select the ‘Map- Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Select the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Select the WX Radar Softkey.
Adjusting the bearing and antenna tilt angle on the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page:
1) With the weather radar overlay enabled, push the Joystick twice. The
bearing and tilt legend is displayed.
2) Move the Joystick up to adjust the antenna tilt angle downward, or move
the Joystick up to adjust the antenna tilt angle upward.
3) Move the Joystick left or right to adjust the bearing line in the desired
direction. The bearing line is displayed during and momentarily after
adjustment.
Controlling of weather radar information on the HSI Map (GWX70/75):
1) If necessary, enable the HSI Map on the PFD.
2) On the PFD, press the Map/HSI Softkey.
3) Press the Wx Radar Softkey to enable/disable the airborne weather radar
HSI Map overlay.
4) Press the RDR Opt Softkey.
5) To select a weather radar mode, press the Mode SEL Softkey
a) Press a softkey for the desired mode: Standby, Weather, or Ground.
b) When finished, press the Back Softkey.
6) Press the Gain- Softkey to decrease the gain setting or press the Gain+
Softkey to increase the gain setting in increments of 0.5 with each press, or
press and hold the softkey for continuous adjustment. A gain setting of 0.0
is equivalent to the calibrated gain setting.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
116
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
8)
Press the WX Alert Softkey to enable/disable the display of Weather Alerts.
9)
Press the ACT Softkey to enable/disable the Altitude Compensated Tilt
feature.
EISEIS
Move the PFD Joystick up to adjust the antenna tilt angle downward, or
move the Joystick down to adjust the antenna tilt angle upward.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
7)
11) Press the TURB Softkey to enable/disable the optional Turbulence Detection
feature.
12) When finished adjusting the HSI Map display of the airborne weather radar,
press the Back Softkey.
TAWS-B
WARNING: Do not use TAWS-B information for primary terrain avoidance.
TAWS-B is intended only to enhance situational awareness.
RELATIVE TERRAIN SYMBOLOGY
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
TAWS-B uses colors and symbols to represent terrain and obstacles (with heights greater than 200 feet above ground level, AGL) present in the databases relative to aircraft
altitude. The system dynamically adjusts these colors as the aircraft altitude changes, and
after takeoff and landing.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
NOTE: The data contained in the TAWS-B databases comes from government agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross-validates the data
but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data.
AFCS
NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed if the aircraft is out of the installed terrain
database coverage area.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
10) Press the GCS Softkey to enable/disable the optional Ground Clutter
Suppression feature.
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
117
Hazard Avoidance
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
On-Ground Legend
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
In-Air Legend
Relative Terrain Legend
Enabling/disabling relative terrain information on MFD navigation
maps:
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2) Press the TER Softkey to cycle through terrain options. The selected mode
is displayed in cyan: Off, Topo, Rel. Press the TER Softkey until ‘Rel’ is
displayed on the softkey.
Displaying relative terrain information (PFD Maps):
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey (Map Opt Softkey for TCAS II installations).
2) Press the Rel Ter Softkey.
Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the ‘Map - Navigation
Map’ Page:
1) Select the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
• Terrain Display – Selects the display of topo, relative terrain, or no
terrain, and selects the maximum map range at which terrain is shown.
• Obstacle Data – Turns the display of obstacle data on or off and sets
maximum range at which obstacles are shown.
118
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
7)
8)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the ‘Map - Navigation Map’
Page with the changed settings.
TAWS-B Page
Showing/hiding aviation information on the ‘Map - TAWS-B’ Page:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’ (choice
dependent on current state) and press the ENT Key.
TAWS-B ALERTS
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Manually testing the TAWS-B System:
1) Select the ‘Map - TAWS-B’ Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Test TAWS System’ and press the ENT Key
to confirm the selection.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Inhibiting/enabling TAWS-B alerting:
1) Select the ‘Map - TAWS-B’ Page.
2) Press the Inhibit Softkey to inhibit or enable TAWS-B (choice dependent on
current state).
AFCS
When an alert occurs, the system displays annunciations on the PFDs and MFD. The
TAWS-B Alert Annunciation is shown to the upper left of the Altimeter on the PFDs and
below the Terrain Legend on the MFD. If the TAWS-B Page is not displayed at the time
of the alert, a pop-up alert appears on the MFD. When a pop-up alert occurs, do one of
the following:
• Press the CLR Key (removes the pop-up alert), or
• Press the ENT Key (accesses the ‘Map - TAWS-B’ Page).
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Displaying the TAWS-B Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map - TAWS-B’ Page.
EISEIS
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (On/Off,
range settings).
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
6)
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
119
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
VERTICAL SITUATION DISPLAY (VSD) TERRAIN
Enabling/Disabling the Vertical Situation Display (VSD):
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the Inset Softkey.
4) Press the VSD Softkey to enable or disable the VSD.
Enabling/Disabling VSD Relative Terrain on the Navigation Map
(when VSD is enabled):
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
3) Press the Terrain Softkey. Each selection cycles though an option displayed in cyan:
Off (disables terrain), Topo (to show topographical data) or REL (to show relative
terrain).
Selecting a VSD Mode:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the Inset Softkey.
3) Press the VSD Softkey displaying the VSD mode in cyan. Each press of the
softkey cycles through a mode selection: FPL (flight plan), TRK (track), or
Auto.
Customizing the Track Mode Boundary display on the Navigation
Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘VSD’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
• TRK Mode BNDRY – Enables/disables the display of the Track Mode
Boundary and sets maximum range at which Track Mode Boundary is
shown.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (ON/OFF, range settings).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
120
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
WARNING: Do not use TAWS information for primary terrain avoidance.
TAWS-A is intended only to enhance situational awareness.
RELATIVE TERRAIN SYMBOLOGY
TAWS-A uses colors and symbols to represent terrain and obstacles (with heights
greater than 200 feet above ground level, AGL) present in the databases relative to aircraft
altitude. The system dynamically adjusts these colors as the aircraft altitude changes, and
after takeoff and landing.
AFCS
TAWS On-Ground Legend
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
TAWS In-Air Legend
121
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
Appendix
Enabling/disabling relative terrain information on MFD navigation
maps:
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2) Press the TER Softkey to cycle through terrain options. The selected mode
is displayed in cyan: Off, Topo, Rel. Press the TER Softkey until ‘Rel’ is
displayed on the softkey.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
TAWS Relative Terrain Legends
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
NOTE: The data contained in the TAWS databases comes from government
agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross-validates the data but
cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data.
EISEIS
NOTE: Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft is outside of the installed
terrain database coverage area.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
TAWS-A
Displaying relative terrain information (PFD Maps):
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey (Map Opt Softkey for TCAS II installations).
2) Press the Rel Ter Softkey.
Customizing terrain and obstacle display on the Navigation Map
Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Map’ Group and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through product
selections.
• Terrain Display – Selects the display of topo, relative terrain, or no terrain,
and selects the maximum map range at which terrain is shown
• Obstacle Data – Turns the display of obstacle data on or off and sets maximum range
at which obstacles are shown
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options for each product (On/Off,
range settings).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page with
the changed settings.
TAWS-A PAGE
Displaying the TAWS-A Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the TAWS-A Page.
Showing/hiding aviation information on the TAWS-A Page:
1) Press the MENU Key.
2) Select ‘Show Aviation Data’ or ‘Hide Aviation Data’ (choice dependent on
current state) and press the ENT Key.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
122
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Overriding Flaps-based FIT alerting:
1) Select the TAWS-A Page
2) Press the Flap OVR Softkey
AFCS
Inhibiting/enabling GPWS alerting:
1) Select the TAWS-A Page.
2) Press the GPWS INH Softkey to inhibit or enable GPWS alerts (choice
dependent on current state).
123
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
Appendix
Manually testing the TAWS-A System:
1) Select the TAWS-A Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to highlight ‘Test TAWS System’ and press the ENT Key
to confirm the selection.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
SYSTEM STATUS
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Inhibiting/Enabling GSD alerting (only available during a GSD
alert):
1) Select the TAWS-A Page.
2) Press the GS INH Softkey or the GP INH Softkey to inhibit or enable GSD
alerts (softkey choice dependent on present GSD alert type).
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Inhibiting/enabling FLTA and PDA alerting:
1) Select the TAWS-A Page.
2) Press the TAWS INH Softkey to inhibit or enable TAWS-A (choice
dependent on current state).
EISEIS
When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD. The TAWS-A
Alert Annunciation is shown to the upper left of the Altimeter or upper right of the
Airspeed indicator on the PFD and below the Terrain Legend on the MFD. If the TAWS-A
Page is not already displayed on the MFD, a pop-up alert appears on the MFD while an
alert is active. When a pop-up alert occurs, do one of the following:
• Press the CLR Key (removes the pop-up alert), or
• Press the ENT Key (accesses the TAWS-A Page)
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
TAWS-A ALERTS
TAS/TCAS I TRAFFIC
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information for
collision avoidance maneuvering. The traffic display does not provide collision
avoidance resolution advisories and does not under any circumstances or
conditions relieve the pilot’s responsibility to see and avoid other aircraft.
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information to
accurately depict all of the traffic information within range of the aircraft.
Due to lack of equipment, poor signal reception, and/or inaccurate information
from other aircraft, traffic may be present but not represented on the display.
AFCS
NOTE: Pilots should be aware of traffic system limitations. Traffic systems
require transponders of other aircraft to respond to system interrogations.
If the transponders do not respond to interrogations due to phenomena
such as antenna shading or marginal transponder performance, traffic may
be displayed intermittently, or not at all. Aircraft without altitude reporting
capability are shown without altitude separation data or climb descent
indication. Pilots should remain vigilant for traffic at all times.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
NOTE: If an optional Honeywell KTA 870 TAS is installed, refer to the
applicable Pilot’s Guide from the manufacturer for detailed information about
that traffic system.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
NOTE: Refer to the SKYWATCH® (SKY497/SKY899) Pilot’s Guide for a detailed
discussion of the TAS.
Index
Index
NOTE: If Garmin GTX 345R transponder is installed, refer to the Automatic
Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS-B) Traffic discussion for more
information about ADS-B traffic displays.
Appendix
Appendix
NOTE: Refer to the SKYWATCH® (SKY497/SKY899) Pilot’s Guide for a detailed
discussion of the TAS.
124
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
NOTE: Traffic surveillance is not available during the system test. Use caution
when performing a system test during flight.
NOTE: The traffic system automatically transitions from Standby to Operating
mode eight seconds after takeoff. The system also automatically transitions
from Operating to Standby mode 24 seconds after landing.
AFCS
Switching from operating mode to standby mode:
On the Traffic Map Page, press the Standby Softkey
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Switching from standby mode to operating mode:
On the Traffic Map Page, press the Operate Softkey.
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3)
Press the TAS OPER Softkey to begin displaying traffic. ‘OPERATING’ is
displayed in the Traffic mode field.
4)
Press the TAS STBY Softkey to place the system in the Standby mode.
‘STANDBY’ is displayed in the Traffic mode field.
125
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
Appendix
Changing the altitude range:
1) On the Traffic Map Page, press the ALT Mode Softkey.
2) Press one of the following Softkeys:
• Above: Displays Other Non-Threat and Proximity Advisory traffic from
9900 feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
1)
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
OPERATION
EISEIS
Testing the traffic system:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3) Turn the Joystick to set the range to 2/6 nm to allow for full traffic test
pattern display.
4) Press the Test Softkey.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
SYSTEM TEST
Hazard Avoidance
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
used during climb phase of flight.
3)
•
Normal: Displays Other Non-Threat and Proximity Advisory traffic from
2700 feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically
used during enroute phase of flight.
•
Below: Displays Other Non-Threat and Proximity Advisory traffic from
2700 feet above the aircraft to 9900 feet below the aircraft. Typically
used during descent phase of flight.
•
UNREST (unrestricted): All traffic is displayed from 9900 feet above
and 9900 feet below the aircraft.
To return to the Traffic Page, press the Back Softkey.
Enabling/Disabling Flight ID Display:
On the ‘Map - Traffic Map’ Page, press the FLT ID Softkey.
Changing the display range on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the Joystick.
2) The following range options are available:
• 750 ft (with optional ADS-B)
• 750 ft and 1500 ft (with optional ADS-B)
• 1500 ft and 0.5 nm (with optional ADS-B)
• 0.5 nm and 1 nm (with optional ADS-B)
• 1 nm and 2 nm (with optional ADS-B)
• 2 and 6 nm
• 6 and 12 nm
• 12 and 24 nm
• 24 and 40 nm
Additional Traffic Displays
Enabling/disabling traffic information (MFD maps other than the
Traffic Map Page):
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2) Press the Traffic Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map.
Customizing the traffic display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
126
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Group and press the ENT Key.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through the
selections.
• Traffic – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
• Traffic Mode – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:
- All Traffic - Displays all traffic
- TA/PA - Displays Traffic Advisories and Proximity Advisories
- TA Only - Displays Traffic Advisories only
• Traffic Symbols – Selects the maximum range at which traffic
symbols are shown
• Traffic Labels – Selects the maximum range at which traffic
labels are shown with the option to turn off
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (On/Off, range settings,
etc.).
7)
Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8)
Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
127
Index
Index
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information for
collision avoidance maneuvering. The traffic display does not provide collision
avoidance resolution advisories and does not under any circumstances or
conditions relieve the pilot’s responsibility to see and avoid other aircraft.
Appendix
Appendix
ADS-B TRAFFIC
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Enabling/disabling traffic overlay on PFD navigation maps:
1) With the Inset Map or HSI Map displayed, press the Map/HSI Softkey on
the PFD.
2) Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable the display traffic information.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Showing the HSI Traffic Map:
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the Layout Softkey.
3) Press the HSI Trfc Softkey.
AFCS
With ‘Map Settings’ highlighted, press the ENT Key.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
3)
EISEIS
Press the MENU Key.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
2)
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information to
accurately depict all of the traffic information within range of the aircraft.
Due to lack of equipment, poor signal reception, and/or inaccurate information
from other aircraft, traffic may be present but not represented on the display.
The following table describes the aircraft that are observed by a GTX 345R-equipped
aircraft according to the level of equipment installed in the other aircraft.
Other Aircraft Equipment
Viewable by GTX 345R Equipped
Aircraft
1090ES Out Equipped
Yes
UAT Receive Only Capable
No
UAT Transmit Equipped
Yes
No Transponder, No ADS-B
No
Non ADS-B Equipped, but with Mode C or S Transponder
Yes*
* Only when in ADS-B ground station coverage and when the other aircraft is in ATC radar
coverage, or own aircraft is equipped with a TAS/TCAS I system and traffic is within the
TAS/TCAS I surveillance range.
Aircraft Available for Viewing by an ADS-B Equipped Own Aircraft
TRAFFIC DESCRIPTION
The symbols used to display ADS-B traffic are shown in Table 6-41. Above or below
the traffic symbol is the traffic identifier, and altitude. A small up or down arrow next to
the traffic symbol indicates that the traffic is climbing or descending at a rate of at least
500 feet per minute.
Symbol
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Description
Traffic Advisory with directional information. Points in the direction of the intruder aircraft
track.
Appendix
Appendix
Traffic Advisory without directional information.
Traffic Advisory out of the selected display range with directional information. Displayed at
outer range ring at proper bearing.
Index
Index
Traffic Advisory out of the selected display range without directional information. Displayed
at outer range ring at proper bearing.
128
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Proximity Advisory without directional information.
Traffic located on the ground with directional information. Points in the direction of the
aircraft track. Ground traffic is only displayed when ADS-B is in Surface (SURF) Mode or
own aircraft is on the ground.
Ground traffic without directional information. Ground traffic is only displayed when ADS-B
is in Surface (SURF) Mode or own aircraft is on the ground.
Non-aircraft ground traffic. Ground traffic is only displayed when ADS-B is in Surface (SURF)
Mode or own aircraft is on the ground.
ADS-B Traffic Symbology
AFCS
OPERATION
Enabling/disabling the display of ADS-B traffic.
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
2) Press the ADS-B Softkey.
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
Appendix
Changing the altitude range:
1) On the Traffic Map Page, press the ALT Mode Softkey.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Testing the display of ADS-B traffic:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
2) If necessary, turn the Joystick to select a map range of 2 and 6 nm to
ensure full test pattern display.
2) Ensure the the ADS-B Softkey is disabled.
3) If the optional TAS/TCAS I is installed, ensure the TAS STBY or TCAS STBY
Softkey is enabled.
4) Press the Test Softkey.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Traffic MAP Page
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Other Non-Threat traffic without directional information.
EISEIS
Other Non-Threat traffic with directional information. Points in the direction of the intruder
aircraft track.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Proximity Advisory with directional information. Points in the direction of the aircraft track.
129
2)
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
3)
Press one of the following softkeys:
•
Above: Displays Other Non-Threat and proximity traffic from 9000 feet
above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during
climb phase of flight.
•
Normal: Displays Other Non-Threat and proximity traffic from 2700
feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically used
during enroute phase of flight.
•
Below: Displays Other Non-Threat and proximity traffic from 2700 feet
above the aircraft to 9000 feet below the aircraft. Typically used during
descent phase of flight.
•
UNREST (unrestricted): All traffic is displayed from 9900 feet above
and 9900 feet below the aircraft.
To return to the Traffic Map Page, press the Back Softkey.
Displaying Motion Vectors
Enabling/disabling the Motion Vector display:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
2) Press the Motion Softkey.
3) Press one of the following softkeys:
• Absolute: Displays the motion vector pointing in the absolute
direction.
• Relative: Displays the motion vector relative to own aircraft
• Off: Disables the display of the motion vector.
Adjusting the duration for the Motion Vector projected time:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
2) Press the Motion Softkey.
3) Press the Duration Softkey.
4) Press a softkey for the desired duration (30 SEC, 1 MIN, 2 MIN, 5 MIN).
5) When finished, press the Back Softkey to return to the Traffic Map Page.
Showing additional traffic information:
1) Select the Traffic Map Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob. The first selected traffic symbol is highlighted in cyan.
Additional information appears in a window in the upper-right corner of the
Traffic Map Page.
130
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
To select a different aircraft symbol, turn the FMS Knob to move the cyan
bracket until the selected aircraft traffic symbol is highlighted.
4)
When finished, press the FMS Knob again to disable the traffic selection.
EISEIS
Changing the display range on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the Joystick.
2) The following range options are available:
• 750 ft
• 750 ft and 1500 ft
• 1500 ft and 0.5 nm
• 0.5 nm and 1 nm
• 1 nm and 2 nm
• 2 and 6 nm
• 6 and 12 nm
• 12 and 24 nm
• 24 and 40 nm
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
3)
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
AFCS
ADS-B SYSTEM STATUS
TCAS II TRAFFIC
Appendix
Appendix
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information to
accurately depict all of the traffic information within range of the aircraft.
Due to lack of equipment, poor signal reception, and/or inaccurate information
from other aircraft, traffic may be present but not represented on the displays.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
WARNING: Traffic information shown on system displays is provided as an
aid in visually acquiring traffic. Traffic avoidance maneuvers are based upon
TCAS II Resolution Advisories, ATC guidance, or positive visual acquisition of
conflicting traffic.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Viewing ADS-B Traffic Status:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the AUX - ADS-B Status Page.
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
131
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
NOTE: Failure of the Radar Altimeter will result in the failure of TAS/TCAS II
Traffic System.
EISEIS
Traffic Symbol
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
Other Non-Threat Traffic
Proximity Advisory (PA)
Traffic Advisory (TA)
Traffic Advisory Off Scale
Resolution Advisory (RA)
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Resolution Advisory Off Scale
TCAS II Traffic Symbol Description
SYSTEM TEST
Testing the TCAS II system on the PFD:
1) Press the XPDR/TFC Softkey.
2) Press the TCAS Softkey.
3) Press the Test Softkey.
Testing the TCAS II system on the MFD:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3) Turn the Joystick to set the range to 2/6 nm to allow for full traffic test
pattern display.
4) Press the Test Softkey.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Description
132
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
Switching from standby mode to TA Only or TA/RA mode on the
MFD:
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3)
Press the TA Only Softkey or the TA/RA Softkey.
EISEIS
1)
Switching from TA Only or TA/RA mode to standby mode:
On the MFD:
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3)
Press the TFC STBY Softkey
AFCS
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Map Page.
3)
Press the TA Only Softkey or the TA/RA Softkey to begin displaying traffic.
‘TA ONLY’ or ‘TA/RA’ is displayed in the Traffic mode field.
4)
Press the Relative Softkey or the Absolute Softkey to display the relative
or absolute altitude of other aircraft. When absolute altitude is displayed,
the system may revert to displaying relative altitude after 30 seconds if
the TCAS II system is providing altitude which is not corrected for the local
barometric pressure setting.
5)
Press the TFC STBY Softkey to place the system in the Standby mode.
‘STANDBY’ is displayed in the Traffic mode field.
6)
Turn the Joystick clockwise to display a larger area or counter-clockwise to
display a smaller area.
133
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
Appendix
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
1)
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Displaying traffic on the Traffic Map Page:
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Switching from standby mode to TA Only or TA/RA mode on the
PFD:
1) Press the XPDR/TFC Softkey.
2) Press the MODE Softkey.
3) Press the TA Only Softkey or the TA/RA Softkey
1)
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
OPERATION
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
Changing the traffic altitude display range on the PFD:
1) Press the XPDR/TFC Softkey.
2) Press the TCAS Softkey.
3) Press the ALT RNG Softkey.
4) Press one of the following altitude range softkeys:
• Above: Displays Other Non-Threat and Proximity Advisory traffic from
9900 feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically
used during climb phase of flight.
• Normal: Displays Other Non-Threat and Proximity Advisory traffic from
2700 feet above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the aircraft. Typically
used during enroute phase of flight.
• Below: Displays Other Non-Threat and Proximity Advisory traffic from
2700 feet above the aircraft to 9900 feet below the aircraft. Typically
used during descent phase of flight.
• UNREST (unrestricted): All detected traffic in the air is displayed
5) Press the Back Softkey.
Changing the traffic altitude display range on the MFD:
1) On the Traffic Map Page, press the ALT RNG Softkey.
2) Press one of the following Softkeys (see softkey description in step 4
above):
• Below
• Normal
• Above
• UNREST
3) To return to the Traffic Page, press the Back Softkey.
Changing the display range on the Traffic Map Page:
1) Turn the Joystick.
2) The following range options are available:
• 750 ft
• 750 ft and 1500 ft
• 1500 ft and 0.5 nm
• 0.5 nm and 1 nm
134
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Hazard Avoidance
•
2 and 6 nm
•
6 and 12 nm
•
12 and 24 nm
•
24 and 40 nm
EISEIS
1 nm and 2 nm
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
•
Additional Traffic Displays
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
135
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
190-02040-01 Rev. B
AFCS
Customizing the traffic display on the Navigation Map Page:
1) Select the Navigation Map Page.
2) Press the MENU Key.
3) With Map Settings highlighted, press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Traffic Group and press the ENT Key.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key to scroll through the
selections.
• Traffic – Turns the display of traffic data on or off
• Traffic Mode – Selects the traffic mode for display; select from:
- All Traffic - Displays all traffic
- TA/RA/PA - Displays Traffic Advisories, Resolution Advisories, and Proximity Advisories
- TA/RA Only - Displays Traffic Advisories and Resolution Advisories only
• Traffic Symbols – Selects the maximum range at which traffic
symbols are shown
• Traffic Labels – Selects the maximum range at which traffic labels
are shown with the option to turn off
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to scroll through options (On/Off, range settings,
etc.).
7) Press the ENT Key to select an option.
8) Press the FMS Knob or CLR Key to return to the Navigation Map Page.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Displaying traffic information on MFD navigation maps:
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2) Press the Traffic Softkey. Traffic is now displayed on the map.
Showing the HSI Traffic Map:
1) Press the Map/HSI Softkey.
2) Press the Layout Softkey.
3) Press the HSI Trfc Softkey.
Enabling/disabling the traffic overlay on the PFD inset navigation
map:
1) Press the Map Opt Softkey.
2) Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable the display traffic information on
the Inset Map or HSI Map.
3) When finished, press the Back Softkey.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Hazard Avoidance
136
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
AFCS
An initial press of a key listed in following table (when the flight director is not active) activates the pilot-side flight director in the listed modes. The flight director may
be turned off and the Command Bars removed from the displays by pressing the FD Key
again. The FD Key is disabled when the autopilot is engaged.
Control Pressed
Modes Selected
Lateral
Vertical
PIT
AP Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
CWS Button
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
GA Button
Takeoff (on ground)
Go Around (in air)
TO
GA
Takeoff (on ground)
Go Around (in air)
TO
GA
ALT Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Altitude Hold
ALT
VS Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Vertical Speed
VS
FLC Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Flight Level Change
FLC
VNV Key
Roll Hold (default)
ROL
Vertical Path Tracking*
VPTH
NAV Key
Navigation**
GPS
VOR
LOC
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
BC Key
Backcourse***
BC
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
APR Key
Approach**
GPS
VOR
LOC
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
HDG Key
Heading Select
HDG
Pitch Hold (default)
PIT
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
137
Index
Index
*Valid VNV flight plan must be entered before VNV Key press activates flight director.
**The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS course
before NAV or APR Key press activates flight director.
***The selected navigation receiver must have a valid LOC signal before BC Key press
activates flight director.
Appendix
Appendix
Pitch Hold (default)
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
ROL
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Roll Hold (default)
AFCS
FD Key
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
ACTIVATING THE FLIGHT DIRECTOR
EISEIS
NOTE: If the sensor information (other than attitude) required for a flight
director mode becomes invalid or unavailable, the flight director automatically
reverts to the default mode for that axis. If the attitude information required
for the default flight director modes becomes invalid or unavailable, the
autopilot automatically disengages.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
VERTICAL MODES
Vertical Mode
Description
Control
Annunciation
Pitch Hold
Holds the current aircraft pitch attitude; may be
used to climb/descend to the Selected Altitude
(default)
PIT
Selected Altitude
Capture
Captures the Selected Altitude
*
ALTS
Altitude Hold
Holds the current Altitude Reference
ALT Key
ALT
nnnnn ft
Vertical Speed
Maintains the current aircraft vertical speed; may
be used to climb/descend to the Selected Altitude
VS Key
VS
nnnn fpm
FLC
nnn kt
FLC
M .nnn
Flight Level Change,
Maintains the current aircraft airspeed (in IAS or
IAS Hold
Mach) while the aircraft is climbing/descending
Flight Level Change, to the Selected Altitude
Mach Hold
FLC Key
* ALTS armed automatically when PIT, VS, FLC, TO, or GA active, and under VPTH when
Selected Altitude is to be captured instead of VNV Target Altitude
LATERAL MODES
Lateral Mode
Description
Control
Annunciation
(default)
ROL
Roll Hold
Holds the current aircraft roll attitude or
rolls the wings level, depending on the
commanded bank angle
Low Bank
Limits the maximum commanded roll
angle
BANK Key
*
Heading Select
Captures and tracks the Selected Heading
HDG Key
HDG
Navigation, GPS Arm/
Capture/Track
Navigation, VOR Enroute
Captures and tracks the selected
Arm/Capture/Track
navigation source (GPS, VOR, LOC)
Navigation, LOC Arm/
Capture/Track
(No Glideslope)
GPS
NAV Key
VOR
LOC
* No annunciation appears in the AFCS Status Box. The acceptable bank angle range is
indicated in green along the Roll Scale of the Attitude Indicator.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
AFCS
138
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
AFCS
Mode
Description
Vertical Navigation Modes
Control
Annunciation
VNV Key
VPTH
VNV Target Altitude Capture
Mode
Captures the Vertical Navigation
(VNV) Target Altitude
*
ALTV
APR Key
VAPP
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Captures and tracks descent legs
of an active vertical profile
EISEIS
VNAV Path Tracking Mode
VOR Approach Mode
VOR Arm/Capture/Track
Captures and tracks VOR
navigation source
GPS Approach Mode
Captures and tracks GPS
navigation source
GPS Arm/Capture/Track
Captures and tracks the SBAS
glidepath on approach
Glidepath Mode
GPS
APR Key
GP
LOC Approach Mode
Captures and tracks the LOC
navigation source
Glideslope
Captures and tracks the ILS
glideslope on approach
Backcourse Arm/Capture/Track
Captures and tracks the LOC
source for backcourse approaches
BC Key
BC
Takeoff
Commands a constant pitch angle
on the ground in preparation for
takeoff
GA Button
TO
Go Around**
Commands a constant pitch angle
in the air
GA Button
GA
Level
Autopilot engages and commands
pitch angle necessary to establish
zero vertical fpm
***
LVL
AFCS
Approach, ILS Arm/Capture/
Track
LOC
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
APR Key
GS
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
* ALTV is armed automatically under VPTH when VNV Target Altitude is to be captured
instead of Selected Altitude.
***Level mode can only become activated as a function of Electronic Stability and Protection
(ESP). Refer to the Additional Features section for a detailed discussion of the optional ESP
feature.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
139
Index
Index
**Go Around mode disengages the autopilot unless a compatible lift computer is installed.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
COMBINATION MODES
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
AFCS
Blank Page
140
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Features
NOTE: With the availability of SafeTaxi®, ChartView, or FliteCharts®, it may
be necessary to carry another source of charts on-board the aircraft.
EISEIS
SAFETAXI
Index
Index
141
Appendix
Appendix
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Configuring SafeTaxi range:
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, press the MENU Key to display
the Page Menu.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Map Settings Menu Option and
press the ENT Key.
3) Turn the FMS Knob to select the Aviation Group and press the ENT Key.
4) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the Aviation Group options to
SafeTaxi.
5) Turn the small FMS Knob to display the range of distances.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
The Detail Softkey (declutter) label advances to Detail All, Detail 3, Detail 2 and Detail
1 each time the softkey is selected for easy recognition of decluttering level. Pressing the
Detail All Softkey removes the taxiway markings and airport feature labels. Pressing the
Detail 3 Softkey removes VOR station ID, the VOR symbol, and intersection names if
within the airport plan view. Pressing the Detail 2 Softkey removes the airport runway
layout, unless the airport in view is part of an active route structure. Pressing the Detail 1
Softkey cycles back to the original map detail. Refer to Map Declutter Levels in the Flight
Management Section.
AFCS
Designated Hot Spots are recognized at airports with many intersecting taxiways and
runways, and/or complex ramp areas. Airport Hot Spots are outlined to caution pilots of
areas on an airport surface where positional awareness confusion or runway incursions
happen most often. Hot Spots are defined with a magenta circle or outline around the
region of possible confusion.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
SafeTaxi is an enhanced feature that gives greater map detail when viewing airports at
close range. The maximum map ranges for enhanced detail are pilot configurable. When
viewing at ranges close enough to show the airport detail, the map reveals taxiways with
identifying letters/numbers, airport Hot Spots, and airport landmarks including ramps,
buildings, control towers, and other prominent features. Resolution is greater at lower
map ranges. When the MFD display is within the SafeTaxi ranges, the airplane symbol on
the airport provides enhanced position awareness.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Additional Features
6)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired distance for maximum SafeTaxi
display range.
7)
Press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
8)
Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page.
CHARTS
Selecting preferred charts source:
1) While viewing a chart press the MENU Softkey to display the Page Menu
options.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Charts Setup’ menu option and
press the ENT Key.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the ‘Preferred Charts Source’ option.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between the available options
(FliteCharts, ChartView).
CHARTVIEW
ChartView resembles the paper version of Jeppesen terminal procedures
charts. The charts are displayed in full color with high-resolution. The
MFD depiction shows the aircraft position on the moving map in the plan
view of approach charts and on airport diagrams. Airport Hot Spots are
outlined in magenta.
The georeferenced aircraft position is indicated by an aircraft symbol
displayed on the chart when the current position is within the boundaries
of the chart. Inset boxes are not considered within the chart boundaries.
Therefore, when the aircraft symbol reaches a chart boundary line, or inset
box, the aircraft symbol is removed from the display.
NOTE: Do not maneuver the aircraft based solely upon the georeferenced
aircraft symbol.
Terminal Procedures Charts
Selecting terminal procedures charts:
While viewing the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page, ‘NRST - Nearest Airport’
Page, or ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page, press the Charts Softkey.
142
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Features
8)
Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts.
9)
Press the ENT Key to complete the chart selection.
The following options are available:
Pressing the STAR Softkey displays the Standard Terminal Arrival Chart if available.
Pressing the APR Softkey displays the approach chart for the airport if available.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Index
Index
NOTE: A subdued softkey label indicates the function is disabled.
Appendix
Appendix
Recent NOTAMS applicable to the current ChartView cycle are included in the ChartView database. Pressing the NOTAM Softkey shows the local NOTAM information for
selected airports, when available. When NOTAMS are not available, the NOTAM Softkey
label appears subdued and is disabled. The NOTAM Softkey may appear on the Airport
Information Page and all of the chart page selections. Pressing the NOTAM Softkey again
removes the NOTAMS information.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Pressing the WX Softkey shows the airport weather frequency information, and includes weather data such as METAR and TAF from the SiriusXM Datalink Receiver, when
available. Weather information is available only when a SiriusXM Datalink Receiver is
installed and the SiriusXM Weather subscription is current.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Pressing the DP Softkey displays the Departure Procedure Chart if available.
AFCS
Pressing the SYNC Softkey displays the database linked chart associated with the current phase of flight.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices.
EISEIS
7)
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Selecting a chart:
1) While viewing the Navigation Map Page, Flight Plan Page, or Nearest
Airports Page, press the Charts Softkey. The airport diagram or approach
chart is displayed on the Airport Information Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select either the Airport Identifier Box or the
Approach Box. (Press the APR Softkey if the Approach Box is not currently
shown).
4) Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the airport selection.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Approach Box.
143
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Additional Features
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
NOTE: Only NOTAMs applicable to specific information conveyed on the
displayed Jeppesen chart are available when the NOTAM Softkey is pressed.
There may be other NOTAMs available pertaining to the flight that may not
be displayed. Contact Jeppesen for more information regarding Jeppesen
database published NOTAMs.
Chart Options
Pressing the CHRT Opt Softkey displays the next level of softkeys, the chart options
level.
Pressing the ROT CCW Softkey rotates the displayed chart counter clockwise in 90
degree increments.
Pressing the ROT CW Softkey rotates the displayed chart clockwise in 90 degree increments.
Pressing the All Softkey shows the complete approach chart on the screen.
Pressing the Header Softkey shows the header view (approach chart briefing strip) on
the screen.
Pressing the Plan Softkey shows the approach chart two dimensional plan view.
Pressing the Profile Softkey displays the approach chart descent profile strip.
Pressing the Minimums Softkey displays the minimum descent altitude/visibility strip
at the bottom of the approach chart.
If the chart scale has been adjusted to view a small area of the chart, pressing the Fit
WDTH Softkey changes the chart size to fit the available screen width.
Pressing the Full SCN Softkey alternates between removing and replacing the data
window to the right.
Selecting Additional Information:
1) While viewing the Airport Taxi Diagram, press the Full SCN Softkey to
display the information windows (Airport, Info).
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Airport, Info, Runways, or
Frequencies Box.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Info Box choices. If multiple choices
are available, scroll to the desired choice with the large FMS Knob and
press the ENT Key to complete the selection.
5)
Press the FMS Knob again to deactivate the cursor.
144
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Features
2)
Selecting Day, Night, or Automatic View:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page
Menu Options.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the Color Scheme Option.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between Day, Auto, and Night Options.
5)
If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage
field. Use the small FMS Knob to change the percentage value. The
percentage value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage
of backlighting intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/
night display changes when the display backlight reaches 15% of full
brightness.
The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active.
This may be accomplished by selecting another page or changing the
display range.
6)
Press the FMS Knob when finished to remove the Chart Setup Menu.
FliteCharts resemble the paper version of AeroNav Services terminal procedures charts.
The charts are displayed with high-resolution and in color for applicable charts.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
145
Index
Index
NOTE: Do not maneuver the aircraft based solely upon the georeferenced
aircraft symbol.
Appendix
Appendix
The georeferenced aircraft position is indicated by an aircraft symbol displayed on the
chart when the current position is within the boundaries of the chart. Not all charts are
georeferenced. These charts will display an Aircraft Not Shown Icon in the lower right
corner of the MFD.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
FLITECHARTS
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option and
press the ENT Key.
AFCS
2)
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Full Screen Off’ option and press
the ENT Key.
EISEIS
Selecting full screen On or Off:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page
Menu Options.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Pressing the Back Softkey, or waiting for 45 seconds reverts to the chart selection softkeys. The full screen view can also be selected by using the page menu option.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Additional Features
Terminal Procedures Charts
Selecting terminal procedures charts:
While viewing the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page, ‘NRST - Nearest Airport’
Page, or ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’ Page, press the Charts Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the ‘Options’ Menu to ‘Show
Charts.’
3) Press the ENT Key to display the chart.
Selecting a chart:
1) While viewing the ‘Map - Navigation Map’ Page, ‘FPL - Active Flight Plan’
Page, or ‘NRST - Nearest Airports’ Page, press the Charts Softkey. The
airport diagram or approach chart is displayed on the ‘WPT - Airport
Information’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the large FMS Knob to select either the Airport Identifier Box or the
‘Charts’ Box. (Press the APR Softkey if not already selected).
4) Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier.
5) Press the ENT Key to complete the airport selection.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Charts’ Box.
7)
Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices.
8)
Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts.
9)
Press the ENT Key to complete the chart selection.
Pressing the CHRT Opt Softkey displays the next level of softkeys, the chart options
level (see below).
Pressing the SYNC Softkey displays the database linked chart associated with the current phase of flight.
Pressing the Info Softkey displays the Airport Diagram.
Pressing the DP Softkey displays the Departure Procedure Chart if available.
Pressing the STAR Softkey displays the Standard Terminal Arrival Chart if available.
Pressing the APR Softkey displays the approach chart for the airport if available.
146
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Features
Chart Options
EISEIS
Pressing the CHRT Opt Softkey displays the next level of softkeys, the chart options
level
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Pressing the Charts Softkey switches between the FliteCharts diagram and the associated map in the WPT page group.
Pressing the ROT CCW Softkey rotates the chart counterclockwise.
Pressing the Fit WIDTH Softkey fits the width of the chart in the display viewing area.
Pressing the Full SCN Softkey alternates between removing and replacing the data
window to the right.
Pressing the Back Softkey, or waiting for 45 seconds reverts to the chart selection
softkeys.
Selecting full screen On or Off:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page
Menu Options.
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Full Screen Off’ Option and press
the ENT Key.
Turn the large FMS Knob to move to the ‘Color Scheme’ Option.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between ‘Day’, ‘Auto’, and ‘Night’
Options.
5)
If Auto Mode is selected, turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage
field. Use the small FMS Knob to change the percentage value. The
percentage value is the day/night crossover point based on the percentage
of backlighting intensity. For example, if the value is set to 15%, the day/
night display changes when the display backlight reaches 15% of full
brightness.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
147
Index
Index
3)
Appendix
Appendix
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ‘Charts Setup’ Menu Option and
press the ENT Key.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
2)
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Selecting day, night, or automatic view:
1) While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page
Menu ‘Options.’
AFCS
2)
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Pressing the ROT CW Softkey rotates the chart clockwise.
Additional Features
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active.
This may be accomplished by selecting another page or changing the
display range.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
6)
Press the FMS Knob when finished to remove the ‘Charts Setup’ Menu.
IFR/VFR CHARTS
The system can display GPS navigation information on a VFR chart, a low altitude
IFR chart, or a high altitude IFR chart, if installed. The information overlaid on the IFR/
VFR Charts is selected and setup on the Navigation Map, but the IFR/VFR charts will not
display some of the selected items.
Due to the potential error involved with the electronic depiction of maps, charts will
display a gray ‘circle of uncertainty’ centered upon the aircraft icon. The aircraft’s actual
position can be anywhere within the range of the gray circle. The range of the circle will
change based on the chart displayed and current zoom range.
Selecting IFR Low, IFR High, VFR Charts:
Select the ‘Map - IFR/VFR Charts’ Page.
2) Press the VFR, IFR Low, or IFR High Softkey to display the desired chart.
1)
Modifying the IFR Low, IFR High, VFR Charts settings:
1) Select the ‘Map - IFR/VFR Charts’ Page.
2) Press the Map Opt Softkey to display the Map Options.
3) Press the Traffic Softkey to enable/disable traffic overlaid onto the charts
displayed.
SATELLITE TELEPHONE AND TEXT MESSAGING (SMS)
®
REGISTERING WITH GARMIN CONNEXT
A subscriber account must be established prior to using the Iridium Satellite System.
Before setting up an Iridium account, obtain the serial number of the Iridium Transceiver
(GSR1) and the System ID by selecting the ‘Aux - System Status’ Page. Setup can be completed by visiting www.flygarmin.com.
DISABLE/ENABLE IRIDIUM TRANSCEIVER
Disabling/enabling telephone and low speed data services:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the ‘Aux’ Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - Telephone’ Page.
148
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Features
4)
Turn the FMS Knob to select ‘Disable Iridium Transmission’ in the menu list.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The Iridium transceiver is now disabled.
6)
To enable the Iridium transceiver, repeat steps 1 through 3, then select
‘Enable Iridium Transceiver.’
EISEIS
Press the MENU Key. The Page Menu window is now displayed.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
3)
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATION
Internal
Phone
External
Phone
Description
Phone is Idle
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Viewing the Telephone Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the ‘Aux’ Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - Telephone’ or ‘Aux - Text
Messaging’ Page.
3) If necessary, press the Phone Softkey to display the ‘Aux - Telephone’ Page.
AFCS
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Phone is ringing
Phone has a dial tone (off hook) or connected to another phone
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Phone dialed is busy
Phone is dialing another phone
Appendix
Appendix
Phone has failed
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Index
Index
Phone status not known
149
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Additional Features
Internal
Phone
External
Phone
Description
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Phone is disabled
Phone is reserved for data transmission
Calling other phone or incoming call from other phone
Other phone is on hold
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Phones are connected
Contacts
Entering a new contact:
1) With the ‘Aux - Telephone’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to display
the cursor.
2) If necessary, turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘New Entry.’
3)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves the ‘Name’ field of the ‘Contact
Details’ window.
4)
Enter the desired name of the new contact. Entry can be accomplished
through the alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller, or the FMS Knobs
on the controller or the MFD.
5)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the ‘Phone Number’ field.
6)
Enter the desired telephone number. Entry can be accomplished through
the alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller, or the FMS Knobs on the
controller or the MFD.
7)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to the ‘Email’ field.
150
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Features
Enter the desired email address. Entry can be accomplished through
the alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller, or the FMS Knobs on the
controller or the MFD.
9)
Press the ENT Key. The Save Button is highlighted.
EISEIS
10) Press the ENT Key. The new contact entry is added to the list of saved
contacts.
Press the ENT Key when each field is complete. The Save Button is now
highlighted.
5)
Press the ENT Key to save the changes.
Incoming Calls
Appendix
Appendix
Answering an incoming call in the cockpit:
1) Press the TEL Key on the appropriate audio panel.
2) Press the Answer Softkey on the MFD.
151
Index
Index
Pressing the Ignore Softkey will extinguish the pop-up window and leave the call
unanswered. Pressing the Phone Softkey will display the ‘Aux - Telephone’ Page allowing
additional call information to be viewed before answering.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
NOTE: The Push-to-Talk Switch is not utilized for telephone communication.
The microphone is active after pressing the Answer Softkey, and stays active
until the call is terminated.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
4)
AFCS
Editing a contact:
1) With the ‘Aux - Telephone’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to display
the cursor.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired contact name.
3) Press the Edit Softkey. The cursor is placed in the ‘Name’ field. Enter the
desired changes. Entry can be accomplished through the alphanumeric keys
on the MFD Controller, or the FMS Knobs on the controller or the MFD.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Deleting a contact:
1) With the ‘Aux - Telephone’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to display
the cursor.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired contact name.
3) Press the Delete Softkey. A confirmation window is displayed.
4) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key to delete the selected contact.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
8)
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Additional Features
Muting incoming call alerts:
1) With the ‘Aux - Telephone’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key on the
MFD to display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Disable Incoming Call Alerts.’
3) Press the ENT Key. The voice and pop-up alert will not be displayed now
when an incoming call is received.
Outgoing Calls
Voice calls can be made from the cockpit to the handset in the cabin, or to an external
phone through the Iridium Satellite Network.
Making a call to the cabin:
1) Press the TEL Key on the appropriate audio panel.
2) Press the Dial Softkey on the MFD.
3) Press the ENT Key. The cursor will move from ‘Cabin’ to ‘OK.’
4) Press the ENT Key again. The cabin phone will now ring.
When the cabin phone is answered, the connection is established. To exit the call,
press the Hangup Softkey.
Making an external call from the cockpit using the Iridium satellite
network:
1) Press the TEL Key on the appropriate audio panel.
2) Press the Dial Softkey on the MFD.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Iridium.’
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor has now moved to the phone number entry
field.
5) Enter the desired telephone number (country code first) by pressing the
number softkeys on the MFD or by pressing the numeric keys on the MFD
Control Unit.
6) Press the ENT Key. ‘OK’ is highlighted.
7)
Press the ENT Key. The system will begin calling the number.
When the phone is answered, the connection is established. To exit the call, press the
Hangup Softkey.
152
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Features
Transferring a Call from the Cockpit
Index
Index
Viewing the Text Messaging Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the ‘Aux’ Page Group.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
Appendix
TEXT MESSAGING (SMS)
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Adding another phone to an active call:
1) Press the Conf Softkey on the MFD.
2) Press the ENT Key. The cursor now highlights the phone number entry
field.
3) Enter the phone number to be added to the call, as discussed earlier for
making an external call on the Iridium satellite network.
4) Press the ENT Key. ‘OK’ is now highlighted.
5) Press the ENT Key again to place the call.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Making a Conference Call from the Cockpit
AFCS
Transferring a call:
1) Press the Trans Softkey on the MFD.
2) Press the ENT Key. The cursor now highlights the phone number entry
field.
3) Enter the phone number to which the call is being transferred, as discussed
earlier for making an external call on the Iridium satellite network.
4) Press the ENT Key. ‘OK’ is now highlighted.
5) Press the ENT Key again to place the call.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Placing a call on hold:
Press the Hold Softkey on the MFD.
EISEIS
Placing The Cockpit Phone on Hold
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Making an external call from the cockpit by using the Contact List:
1) Press the TEL Key on the appropriate audio panel.
2) Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired contact name in the list of
contacts.
4) Press the Call Softkey. The external call is initiated and the number
associated with the contact name is dialed.
153
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - Telephone’ or ‘Aux - Text
Messaging’ Page.
3)
If necessary, press the SMS Softkey to display the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’
Page.
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Additional Features
Message Symbol
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
Received text message that has not been opened
Received text message that has been opened
Saved text message, draft not sent
System is sending text message
Text message has been sent
System failed to send text message
AFCS
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
Description
Predefined text message
Text Message Symbols
Viewing a Text Message When Received
Press the View Softkey to view the message. Pressing the Ignore Softkey will extinguish the pop-up window and leave the text message unopened. Pressing the Ignore All
Softkey will extinguish the pop-window and ignore all future incoming text messages.
Pressing the SMS Softkey will display the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page.
Enabling/disabling incoming text message pop-up alerts:
1)
With the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page displayed, press the MENU Key on
the MFD to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Disable New Message
Popups’ or ‘Enable New Message Popups.’
3)
Press the ENT Key. The pop-up alert will not be displayed when an
incoming text message is received.
154
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Features
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Reply to a Text Message
Replying to a text message:
While viewing the text message, press the Reply Softkey.
EISEIS
Sending a Text Message
Sending a new text message:
2)
The SMS Text Message Draft Window is now displayed with the cursor in
the ‘To’ field. Enter the desired telephone number or email address. Entry
can be accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on the MFD Controller,
or combination of the FMS Knob on the controller and softkeys on the
MFD. The FMS Knob is used to enter letters and numbers, or numbers
can be entered from the MFD by pressing the Numbers Softkey. Press
the CapsLock Softkey to create upper and lower case alpha characters.
Special characters can be accessed by pressing the Symbols Softkey.
3)
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the ‘Message’ field.
4)
Enter the desired message using any combination of entry methods as
described in step 2.
5)
Press the ENT Key.
6)
Confirm you wish to send the message by pressing the ENT Key with ‘Yes’
highlighted. Select ‘No’ to return to the message entry field and either press
the Cancel Softkey to delete the message or press the Save Softkey to
save the message as a draft.
AFCS
While viewing the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the New Softkey.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Sending a new text message/email to a saved contact:
1) With the ‘Aux - Telephone’ Page displayed, press the FMS Knob to display
the cursor.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired contact name.
3) Press either the Text Email Softkey to send to the email address saved for
the contact or the Text Phone Softkey to send to the phone number saved
for the contact. The cursor is placed in the ‘To’ field. Confirm the contact
you wish to send a message to by pressing the ENT Key.
4)
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
1)
Enter the desired message, then press the ENT Key.
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
155
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Additional Features
5)
Confirm you wish to send the message by pressing the ENT Key with ‘Yes’
highlighted. Select ‘No’ to return to the message entry field and either press
the Cancel Softkey to delete the message or press the Save Softkey to
save the message as a draft.
Predefined Text Messages
Creating a predefined text message:
1) While viewing the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the MENU Key to
display the Page Menu.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to select ‘Edit Predefined Messages.’
3) Press the ENT Key. The Predefined Messages view is now displayed.
4) Press the New Softkey.
5) The cursor is displayed in the ‘Title’ field. Enter the desired message
title. Entry can be accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on the
MFD Controller, or combination of the FMS Knob on the controller and
softkeys on the MFD. The FMS Knob is used to enter letters and numbers,
or numbers can be entered from the MFD by pressing the Numbers
Softkey. Press the CapsLock Softkey to create upper and lower case alpha
characters. Special characters can be accessed by pressing the Symbols
Softkey.
6) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the ‘Message’ field.
7) Enter the desired message using any combination of entry methods as
described in step 5.
8) Press the ENT Key.
9) Press the Save Softkey. The new predefined message is now shown in the
displayed list. Pressing the Cancel Softkey will delete the message without
saving.
10) Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
11) Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Cancel Drafting Message.’
12) Press the ENT Key.
Sending a predefined text message:
1) While viewing the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the New Softkey.
2) The Predefined SMS Text Message Window is now displayed with the
cursor in the ‘TO’ field. Enter the desired telephone number or email
address. Entry can be accomplished through the alphanumeric keys on the
156
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Features
4)
Press the PREDEFD Softkey. The Predefined Message Menu Window is
displayed.
5)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired predefined message.
6)
Press the ENT Key. The predefined message text is inserted into the
message field. If desired, the message can be edited by using the FMS
Knobs.
7)
Press the ENT Key.
8)
Press the Send Softkey to transmit the message.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Press the ENT Key. The cursor is now displayed in the ‘Message’ field.
Text Message Boxes
AFCS
Showing Inbox messages:
Showing Outbox messages:
While viewing the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey,
then press the Outbox Softkey.
Showing Draft messages:
Managing Text Messages
While viewing the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey,
then press the Time Softkey.
While viewing the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey,
then press the Type Softkey.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
157
Index
Index
Viewing messages sorted by message type:
Appendix
Appendix
Viewing messages sorted by message date/time:
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
While viewing the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey,
then press the Drafts Softkey.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
While viewing the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey,
then press the Inbox Softkey.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
EISEIS
3)
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
MFD Controller, or combination of the FMS Knob on the controller and
softkeys on the MFD. The FMS Knob is used to enter letters and numbers,
or numbers can be entered from the MFD by pressing the Numbers
Softkey. Press the CapsLock Softkey to create upper and lower case alpha
characters. Special characters can be accessed by pressing the Symbols
Softkey.
Viewing messages sorted by address:
While viewing the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the Arrange Softkey,
then press the Address Softkey.
Viewing the content of a text message:
1)
While viewing the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, select the desired message
box.
2)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
3)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired message.
4)
Press the View Softkey.
Or:
Press the ENT Key. Message content is displayed.
5)
To close the text message, press the Close Softkey.
Marking selected message as read:
1)
While viewing the Inbox on the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired message.
3)
Press the MRK Read Softkey. The message symbol now indicates the
message has been opened.
While viewing the Inbox on the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the
MENU Key to display the Page Menu.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on ‘Mark All New Messages As
Read.’
3)
Press the ENT Key. A confirmation window is displayed.
4)
With cursor highlighting ‘YES’, press the ENT Key. The message symbols
now indicate all the message have been opened.
Deleting a message:
Index
Index
1)
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Marking all messages as read:
Appendix
Appendix
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Additional Features
1)
While viewing the Inbox on the ‘Aux - Text Messaging’ Page, press the FMS
Knob to activate the cursor.
2)
Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired message.
3)
Press the Delete Softkey.
158
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Features
The optional WiFi Datalink provides a high speed IEEE 802.11g WiFi datalink between the aircraft and a ground computer network while the aircraft is on the ground and
located within range of the network.
EISEIS
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
159
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
AFCS
Setting up a new WiFi connection:
1) Press the Avail Softkey on the MFD. A list of available networks will be
displayed in the Available Networks window. Signal strength is shown for
each network, as well as security requirements and whether the network
has been saved in the system’s memory.
2) If necessary, press the Rescan Softkey to have the system scan again for
available networks.
3) Press the FMS Knob to place the cursor in the list of networks.
4) Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired network.
5) Press the Connect Softkey.
6) If the network is secured, a window will be displayed in order to enter
the necessary passcode. Use the FMS Knobs to enter the desired alpha
numeric characters. Press the CapsLock Softkey to enter upper case
letters. If there is no security associated with the network, proceed to step
9.
7) Press the ENT Key. ‘OK’ will be highlighted.
8) Press the ENT Key again.
9) The Save Settings window is now displayed with the cursor highlighting
‘Save Connection.’
10) The selected network can be saved to system memory to make reconnection easier at a later time.
Connecting the selected network without saving:
a) Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to highlight ‘Connect.’
b) Press the ENT Key.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Viewing the WiFi Setup Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the ‘Aux’ Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux - Maintenance WiFi Setup’
Page.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
WIFI CONNECTIONS
Additional Features
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Saving and connect the selected network:
a) Press the ENT Key. A checkmark is placed in the check box and the
cursor moves to the airport field.
c) Press the ENT Key. The cursor moves to ‘Connect.’
d) Press the ENT Key again to connect to the selected network.
Editing a saved network:
1) While viewing list of saved networks, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to highlight the network to be edited.
3) Pressing the ENT Key at this point will check or uncheck the Auto Connect
check box. When a checkmark is present, the system will automatically
connect to the network when within range.
4) Press the Edit Softkey. The cursor now appears in the Connection Settings
window.
5) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the network attribute to be edited.
6) Turn the small FMS Knob to begin editing the field.
7) When the entry is complete, press the ENT Key.
8) Turn the large FMS Knob or press the ENT Key until ‘Save’ is highlighted.
9) Press the ENT Key.
Disconnecting a WiFi network:
Press the DISCNCT Softkey.
Deleting a saved WiFi network:
1) While viewing the list of saved networks, press the FMS Knob to activate
the cursor.
2) Turn either FMS Knob to highlight the network to be deleted.
3) Press the Delete Softkey. The selected network is removed from the list.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
b) Using the FMS Knobs, enter an airport identifier to be associated with
the saved network. This aids in identifying the network later in the
event of duplicate network names.
160
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Features
ACTIVATING SIRIUSXM SATELLITE RADIO SERVICES
It is not required to activate both the entertainment and weather service subscriptions
with the SiriusXM Datalink Receiver. Either or both services can be activated. SiriusXM
Satellite Radio uses one or both of the coded IDs to send an activation signal that, when
received by the SiriusXM Datalink Receiver, allows it to play entertainment programming.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Activating the SiriusXM Satellite Radio services:
1) Contact SiriusXM Satellite Radio. Follow the instructions provided by
SiriusXM Satellite Radio services.
2) Select the ‘Aux’ Page Group.
3) Select the ‘Aux - XM Radio’ page.
4) Press the Info Softkey to display the XM Information Page.
5) Verify that the desired services are activated.
6) Press the Lock Softkey.
7) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight YES.
8) To complete activation, press the ENT Key.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Contact the installer if the Data Radio ID and the Audio Radio ID cannot be located.
AFCS
These IDs are located:
• On the label on the back of the Datalink Receiver.
• On the XM Information Page on the MFD.
• On the XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions included with the unit (available
at www.flygarmin.com, P/N 190-00355-04).
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
The service is activated by providing SiriusXM Satellite Radio with either one or two
coded IDs, depending on the equipment. Either the Audio Radio ID or the Data Radio
ID, or both, must be provided to SiriusXM Satellite Radio to activate the entertainment
subscription.
EISEIS
The optional SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment feature of the SiriusXM Datalink
Receiver is available for the pilot’s and passengers’ enjoyment. The SiriusXM Datalink Receiver can receive SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment services at any altitude throughout the Continental U.S.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
SIRIUSXM RADIO ENTERTAINMENT
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
161
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Additional Features
USING SIRIUSXM RADIO
Selecting the XM Radio Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux’ Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the displayed ‘Aux - XM Information’
Page.
3) Press the Radio Softkey to show the XM Radio Page where audio
entertainment is controlled.
Active Channel and Channel List
Selecting a channel from the channel list:
1) While on the XM Radio Page, press the Channel Softkey.
2) Press the CH + Softkey to go up through the list in the Channel Box, or
move down the list with the CH – Softkey.
Or:
1) Press the FMS Knob to highlight the channel list and turn the large FMS
Knob to scroll through the channels.
2) Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
Selecting a channel directly:
1) While on the XM Radio Page, press the Channel Softkey.
2) Press the Direct CH Softkey. The channel number in the Active Channel
Box is highlighted.
3) Press the numbered softkeys located on the bottom of the display to
directly select the desired channel number.
4) Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel.
Category
Selecting a category:
1) Press the Category Softkey on the XM Radio Page.
2) Press the CAT + and CAT - Softkeys to cycle through the categories.
Or:
Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Categories list. Highlight the
desired category with the small FMS Knob and press the ENT Key. Selecting
All Categories places all channels in the list.
162
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Features
Volume
NOTE: The SafeTaxi database must be available to provide information
regarding taxiways, aprons and other objects in the airport environment.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
163
Index
Index
NOTE: When the flight plan is modified, data manually entered on the ‘FPL
- SurfaceWatch’ Page will be cleared.
Appendix
Appendix
SURFACEWATCH
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Muting SiriusXM audio:
1) Select the XM Radio Page or XM Information Page.
2) Press the Mute Softkey to mute the audio. Press the Mute Softkey again
to unmute the audio.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
SiriusXM Radio volume may also be adjusted on each passenger headset.
AFCS
Adjusting the volume:
1) With the XM Radio Page displayed, press the Volume Softkey.
2) Press the VOL – Softkey to reduce volume or press the VOL + Softkey to
increase volume. (Once the VOL Softkey is selected, the volume can also be
adjusted using the small FMS Knob.)
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Pressing the Back Softkey, or 45 seconds of softkey inactivity, returns the system to the
top level softkeys.
EISEIS
Setting a preset channel number:
1) On the XM Radio Page, while listening to an Active Channel that is wanted
for a preset, press the Presets Softkey to access the first five preset
channels (Preset 1 - Preset 5).
2) Press the More Softkey to access the next five channels (Preset 6
– Preset 10), and again to access the last five channels (Preset 11 –
Preset 15). Pressing the More Softkey repeatedly cycles through the
preset channels.
3) Press any one of the (Preset 1 - Preset 15) softkeys to assign a number
to the active channel.
4) Press the Set Softkey on the desired channel number to save the channel
as a preset.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Presets
Inhibiting/uninhibiting SurfaceWatch:
1) Select the ‘Aux - System Setup 1’ Page.
2) Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor..
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the SurfaceWatch field.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to toggle the SurfaceWatch alerts on or off.
SURFACEWATCH SETUP
Entering origin/destination airport:
1) Select the ‘FPL - SurfaceWatch Setup’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob if necessary to highlight the Origin or Destination
Airport field.
4)
Use the FMS Knobs to input the desired Origin or Destination Airport.
Selecting origin/destination runway:
1) Select the ‘FPL - SurfaceWatch Setup’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob if necessary to highlight the Runway or Landing
Runway field.
4)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired available Runway or Landing
Runway. As the small FMS Knob is turned, the preview of the selected
runway or landing runway is also displayed.
Selecting required takeoff/landing distance:
1) Select the ‘FPL - SurfaceWatch Setup’ Page.
2)
Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor.
3)
Turn the large FMS Knob if necessary to highlight the REQD Takeoff DIS or
REQD Landing DIS field.
4)
Use the FMS Knobs to enter the required takeoff or landing distance. Upon
pressing the FMS Knob and committing the required takeoff or landing
distance, the Runway Length field will turn amber if an insufficient runway
length exists.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Additional Features
164
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Features
The Connext Setup Page allows for setting up the installed optional Flight Stream
device for a Bluetooth connection between the system and a mobile device running the
Garmin Pilot™ application.
165
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
Appendix
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Enabling/Disabling WiFi Database Importing from Garmin Pilot:
1) While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘WiFi Database Import’
field.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Enabling/Disabling Flight Plan Importing from Garmin Pilot:
1) While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘Flight Plan Import’
field.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled.’
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
AFCS
Changing the Bluetooth Name:
1) While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘Bluetooth Name’ field.
3) Enter the desired name by using the large FMS Knob to select the character
field, and the small FMS Knob select the desired alphanumeric character
for that field.
4) Press the ENT Key. The cursor is removed and the new name is displayed.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Viewing the Connext Setup Page:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob on the MFD to select the ‘Aux’ Page Group.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Connext Setup page.
EISEIS
The mobile device must be ‘paired’ with the system in order to use the various functions. Pairing is accomplished by first placing the system in pairing mode by displaying
the Connext Setup Page. The system is ‘discoverable’ whenever this page is displayed.
The pairing operation is completed from the mobile device and the Garmin Pilot application. See the device Bluetooth pairing instructions and the connection instructions in the
Garmin Pilot application.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
CONNEXT SETUP
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Additional Features
3)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled.’
4)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Enabling/Disabling Automatic Reconnection of a Specific Paired
Device:
1) While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired paired device.
3) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled.’ Selecting
‘Enabled’ allows the system to automatically connect to a previously paired
device when detected.
4) Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
Removing a Specific Paired Device from the List of Paired Devices:
1) While viewing the Connext Setup Page, press the FMS Knob to activate the
cursor.
2) Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired paired device.
3) Press the Remove Softkey. A confirmation screen is displayed.
4) If necessary, turn the large FMS Knob to select ‘Yes.’
5) Press the ENT Key to remove the device from the list of paired devices.
AUXILIARY VIDEO (OPTIONAL)
The system provides a control and display interface to an optional auxiliary video system. The system can display video for up to two inputs.
Displaying auxiliary video:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux’ Page Group.
2)
Selecting video menu options:
1) While viewing the ‘Aux - Video’ Page press the MENU Key to display the
Page Menu Options.
2)
Index
Index
Turn the small FMS Knob to select Video and display the ‘Aux - Video’ Page.
Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired video adjustment option
and press the ENT Key.
Once the ENT key is pressed on any option, the page menu closes and returns to the
‘Aux - Video’ Page.
166
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Features
Pressing the Hide Map Softkey removes the map and displays video on the full screen.
Pressing the Hide Map Softkey again restores the map view and the small video image.
AFCS
ZOOM/RANGE
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
DISPLAY SELECTION
EISEIS
Adjusting the video settings:
1) With the ‘Aux - Video’ Page displayed, press the Setup Softkey.
2) Press the Bright - or Bright +, to adjust display brightness in five
percent increments from 0 to 100%.
3) Press the Contrast- or Contrast +, to adjust display contrast in five
percent increments from 0 to 100%.
4) Press the SAT - or SAT +, to adjust display saturation in five percent
increments from 0 to 100%.
5) If desired, return the display to the default settings by pressing the Reset
Softkey.
6) Press the Back Softkey to return to the previous softkey level.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
VIDEO SETUP
ELECTRONIC STABILITY & PROTECTION (ESP™)
Appendix
Appendix
The pilot can interrupt ESP by pressing and holding either the Control Wheel Steering
(CWS) or Autopilot Disconnect (AP/YD DISC TRIM INTRPT) switch. Upon releasing
the CWS or AP/YD DISC TRIM INTRPT switch, ESP force will again be applied, provided aircraft attitude, angle of attack and/or airspeed are within their respective engagement limits. ESP can also be overridden by overpowering the servo’s mechanical torque
limit.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
The RANGE Knob can be used to increase or decrease the range setting on the map
display or zoom in and out on the video display. While in the Split-Screen mode, pressing
the Map Actv or Vid Actv Softkey determines which display the RANGE Knob adjusts.
Pressing the softkey to display Map Actv allows the RANGE Knob to control the range setting of the map display. Pressing the softkey to display Vid Actv allows the RANGE Knob
to control the zoom setting of the video display.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Pressing the Zoom + or Zoom - Softkeys increases or decreases video display magnification between 1x and 10x.
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
167
Enabling/disabling ESP:
1)
Turn the large FMS Knob to select the ‘Aux’ Page Group.
2)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select the ‘System Setup’ Page.
3)
Press the Setup 2 Softkey to display the ‘Aux - System Setup 2’ Page.
4)
Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the ‘Stability & Protection’
Field.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Enabled’ or ‘Disabled.’
7)
Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor.
ESP is automatically enabled on system power up.
ROLL ENGAGEMENT
Roll Limit Indicators are displayed on the roll scale at 45° right and left, indicating
where ESP will engage. As roll attitude exceeds 45°, ESP will engage and the on-side Roll
Limit Indicator will move to 30°. The Roll Limit Indicator is now showing where ESP will
disengage as roll attitude decreases.
Once engaged, ESP force will be applied between 30° and 75°. The force increases
as roll attitude increases and decreases as roll attitude decreases. The applied force is intended to encourage pilot input that returns the airplane to a more normal roll attitude.
As roll attitude decreases, ESP will disengage at 30°.
ESP is automatically disengaged if the aircraft reaches the autopilot roll engagement
attitude limit of 75°.
PITCH ENGAGEMENT
ESP engages at 20° nose-up and 17° nose-down. Once ESP is engaged, it will apply opposing force between 15° and 50° nose-up and between 12° and 50° nose-down.
Maximum opposing force is applied between 25° and 50° nose-up and between 22° and
50° nose-down.
The opposing force increases or decreases depending on the pitch angle and the direction of pitch travel. This force is intended to encourage movement in the pitch axis in the
direction of the normal pitch attitude range for the aircraft.
There are no indications marking the pitch ESP engage and disengage limits in these
nose-up/nose-down conditions.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Additional Features
168
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Features
Exceeding Vmo or Mmo will result in ESP applying force to raise the nose of the aircraft. When the high airspeed condition is remedied, ESP force is no longer applied.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
HIGH AIRSPEED PROTECTION
EISEIS
When a compatible lift computer is installed with the system, angle of attack protection
is provided as part of the ESP feature. ESP force may be applied if the lift computer determines a stall warning condition is imminent. In this condition, the Pitch Limit Indicator
will be initially displayed 4° below this computed pitch attitude. When pitch attitude
equals that indicated by the Pitch Limit Indicator, ESP will engage, applying a force in the
direction necessary to lower the nose of the aircraft.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
ANGLE OF ATTACK PROTECTION
AFCS
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
169
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Additional Features
Blank Page
170
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Abnormal Operation
Flight
Instruments
ABNORMAL OPERATION
REVERSIONARY MODE
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Reversionary mode can be activated manually by pressing the dedicated DISPLAY
BACKUP button at the bottom of the audio panel. Pressing this button again deactivates
Flight
Management
When a display fails, the system automatically switches to reversionary (backup) mode
as follows:
• PFD1 failure – MFD and PFD2 remain in normal mode.
• MFD failure – PFD1 automatically switches to reversionary mode.
• PFD2 failure – MFD and PFD1 remain in normal mode.
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
In the event of a display failure, the system can be manually switched to reversionary
(backup) mode (all remaining displays enter reversionary mode). In reversionary mode,
all important flight information is presented on the remaining display(s) in the same
format as in normal operating mode.
EIS
NOTE: The system alerts the pilot when backup paths are utilized by the LRUs.
Refer to the Appendices for further information regarding system-specific
alerts.
reversionary mode.
HAZARD DISPLAYS WITH LOSS OF GPS POSITION
Index
Loss of Hazard Functions with Loss of GPS Position
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
If GPS position is lost, or becomes invalid, selected hazards being displayed on the
Navigation Map Page are removed until GPS position is again established.
Annun/Alerts
In case of a COM system tuning failure, the emergency frequency (121.500 MHz) is
automatically tuned in the radio in which the tuning failure occurred.
Abnormal
Operation
COM TUNING FAILURE
Additional
Features
Each display can be configured to operate in reversionary mode, as follows:
• PFD1 – By pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP button on the left audio panel.
• MFD – By pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP button on the left or the right audio
panel.
• PFD2 – By pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP button on the right audio panel.
171
UNUSUAL ATTITUDES
When the aircraft enters an unusual pitch attitude, red extreme pitch warning chevrons
pointing toward the horizon are displayed on the Attitude Indicator, starting at 50˚ above
and 30˚ below the horizon line.
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
Nose Low
Pitch Attitude Warnings
If pitch exceeds +30˚/-20˚ or bank exceeds 65˚, some information displayed on the PFD
is removed. The Altimeter and Airspeed, Attitude, Vertical Speed, and Horizontal Situation
indicators remain on the display and the Bearing Information, Alerts, and Annunciation
windows can be displayed during such situations. The following information is removed
from the PFD (and corresponding softkeys are disabled) when the aircraft experiences
unusual attitudes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Nose High
172
Traffic Annunciations
AFCS Annunciations
Inset Map
Outside air temperature (OAT)
ISA temperature deviation
Wind data
Selected Heading readout
Selected Course readout
Transponder Status Box
System Time
PFD Setup Menu
Windows displayed in the lower right
corner of the PFD:
– References
– Nearest Airports
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
– Flight Plan
– Messages
– Procedures
Minimum Descent Altitude/Decision
Height readout
Vertical Deviation, Glideslope, and
Glidepath Indicators
Altimeter Barometric Setting
Selected Altitude
VNV Target Altitude
Ground Speed
True Airspeed
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Abnormal Operation
The annunciations listed in the followint table can appear on the HSI when abnormal
GPS conditions occur. Refer to the Flight Management Section for more information on
Dead Reckoning (DR) Mode.
EIS
Annunciation
Flight
Instruments
ABNORMAL GPS CONDITIONS
GPS LOI
Right of HSI
GPS INTEG OK
Right of HSI
Integrity OK–GPS integrity has been restored to within normal
limits (annunciation displayed for 5 seconds)
DR
Lower left of
aircraft symbol
Dead Reckoning–System is using projected position rather than
GPS position to compute navigation data and sequence active
flight plan waypoints
Flight
Management
Description
Loss of Integrity Monitoring–GPS integrity is insufficient for the
current phase of flight
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
Location
Abnormal GPS Conditions Annunciated on HSI
Hazard
Avoidance
AFCS
Additional
Features
Abnormal
Operation
Example HSI Annunciations
173
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annun/Alerts
DR Mode causes the following items on the PFD to be shown in amber:
• CDI (when GPS is the selected navigation source; removed after 20 minutes in DR
mode operation)
• Current Track Indicator
• Wind data and pointers in the Wind Data Box on the PFD
• GPS bearing pointers
• Distances in the Bearing Information windows
• Active Flight Plan distances, bearings, and ETE values
The accuracy items should be verified when operating in DR Mode.
SVT UNUSUAL ATTITUDES
During extreme pitch attitudes, the display shows either a brown or blue colored bar
at the top or bottom of the screen to represent earth or sky. The blue colored bar is also
displayed when terrain gradient is great enough to completely fill the display. This is
intended to prevent losing sight of the horizon during extreme pitch attitudes.
Blue Band
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
Blue Sky Bar with Full Display Terrain
DEAD RECKONING
NOTE: Dead Reckoning Mode only functions in Enroute (ENR) or Oceanic
(OCN) phase of flight. In all other phases, an invalid GPS solution produces
a “NO GPS POSITION” annunciation on the map and the system stops using
GPS.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
Hazard
Avoidance
Terrain
Completely
Fills
Display
While in Enroute or Oceanic phase of flight, if the system detects an invalid GPS
solution or is unable to calculate a GPS position, the system automatically reverts to Dead
Reckoning (DR) Mode. In DR Mode, the system uses its last-known position combined
with continuously updated airspeed and heading data (when available) to calculate and
display the aircraft’s current estimated position.
It is important to note that estimated navigation data supplied by the system in DR Mode
may become increasingly unreliable and must not be used as a sole means of navigation.
If while in DR Mode airspeed and/or heading data is also lost or not available, the DR
function may not be capable of accurately tracking estimated position and, consequently,
the system may display a path that is different than the actual movement of the aircraft.
174
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Abnormal Operation
EIS
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
DR Mode is indicated on the system by the appearance of the letters ‘DR’ superimposed
in amber over the ‘own aircraft’ symbol as shown in the following figure. In addition, ‘DR’
is prominently displayed in amber on the HSI slightly above and to the right of the aircraft
symbol on the CDI as shown in the following figure. The CDI deviation bar remains,
but is removed from the display after 20 minutes in DR Mode. The autopilot will remain
coupled in DR mode as long as the deviation info is available (20 min.) Lastly, but at the
same time, a ‘GPS NAV LOST’ alert message appears on the PFD. Normal navigation using
GPS/SBAS source data resumes automatically once a valid GPS solution is restored.
Flight
Instruments
Estimated position information displayed by the system through DR while there is no
heading and/or airspeed data available should not be used for navigation.
Flight
Management
Hazard
Avoidance
CDI ‘DR’ Indication on PFD
AFCS
Symbolic Aircraft
(Map pages and Inset Map)
Dead Reckoning Indications
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
175
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Appendix
Also, while the system is in DR Mode, some terrain functions are not available.
Additionally, the accuracy of all nearest information (airports, airspaces, and waypoints)
is questionable. Finally, airspace alerts continue to function, but with degraded accuracy.
Annun/Alerts
NOTE: GPS derived information will remain displayed in magenta (not amber)
on the Flight Plan Progress inset when operating in Dead Reckoning mode.
However, this information shall still be considered as degraded navigation
source information.
Abnormal
Operation
As a result of operating in DR Mode, all GPS-derived data is computed based upon
an estimated position and is displayed as amber text on the display to denote degraded
navigation source information as shown in the following figure. If the VSD Inset is selected
on the MFD, ‘VSD Not Available’ will be displayed.
Additional
Features
DR Mode is inherently less accurate than the standard GPS/SBAS Mode due to the lack
of satellite measurements needed to determine a position. Changes in wind speed and/or
wind direction compound the relative inaccuracy of DR Mode. Because of this degraded
accuracy, other navigation equipment must be relied upon for position awareness until
GPS-derived position data is restored.
Hazard
Avoidance
Flight
Management
Nav/Com/
XPDR/Audio
EIS
Flight
Instruments
Abnormal Operation
SUSPECTED AUTOPILOT MALFUNCTION
NOTE: Consult the aircraft documentation for the location of circuit breakers
as well as specifics that may supplement or amplify this procedure.
If an autopilot failure or trim failure is suspected to have occurred, perform the
following steps:
1)
Firmly grasp the control wheel.
2)
Press and hold the AP/YD DISC Switch. The autopilot will disconnect and
power is removed from the trim motor. Power is also removed from all
primary servo motors and engaged solenoids. Note the visual and aural
alerting indicating autopilot disconnect.
3)
Retrim the aircraft as needed. Substantial trim adjustment may be needed.
4)
Pull the appropriate circuit breaker(s) to electrically isolate the servo and
solenoid components.
5)
Release the AP/YD DISC Switch.
In the context of this discussion, “overpowering” refers to any pressure or force applied
to the pitch controls when the autopilot is engaged. A small amount of pressure or force
on the pitch controls can cause the autopilot automatic trim to run to an out-of-trim
condition. Therefore, any application of pressure or force to the controls should be
avoided when the autopilot is engaged.
Overpowering the autopilot during flight will cause the autopilot’s automatic trim to
run, resulting in an out-of-trim condition or cause the trim to hit the stop if the action
is prolonged. In this case, larger than anticipated control forces are required after the
autopilot is disengaged.
The following steps should be added to the preflight check:
1)
Check for proper autopilot operation and ensure the autopilot can be
overpowered.
2)
Note the forces required to overpower the autopilot servo clutches.
Index
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Abnormal
Operation
Additional
Features
AFCS
OVERPOWERING AUTOPILOT SERVOS
176
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
ANNUNCIATIONS & ALERTS
WARNING ANNUNCIATION
Description
UNDERSPEED PROTECT ACTIVE
None
EISEIS
Annunciation Window Text
MESSAGE ADVISORIES
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Alerts Window Message
AVN FAN 1 FAIL - Avionics cooling fan #1 is inoperative.
AVN FAN 2 FAIL - Avionics cooling fan #2 is inoperative.
ESP CONFIG – ESP config error. Config service req’d.
ESP DEGRADE – ESP IAS mode is inoperative.
ESP FAIL – ESP is inoperative.
ESP OFF – ESP selected off.
MFD FAN FAIL - MFD cooling fan is inoperative.
AFCS
PFD 1 FAN FAIL - PFD #1 cooling fan is inoperative.
PFD 2 FAN FAIL - PFD #2 cooling fan is inoperative.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
TAWS FLAP FAULT – Flaps detected in the LDG position.
TAWS GEAR FAULT – Landing Gear detected in the DOWN position.
WOW FAULT – Miscompare between weight on wheels inputs.
WOW INVALID – Weight on wheels inputs invalid.
YD OFF – AP engaged without Yaw Damper
*only available when compatible lift computer is installed.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
COMPARATOR ANNUNCIATIONS
Condition
Difference in altitude sensors is > 200 ft.
IAS
If both airspeed sensors detect < 35 knots, this is inhibited.
If either airspeed sensor detects > 35 knots, and the difference in sensors is
> 10 knots.
If either airspeed sensor detects > 80 knots, and the difference in sensors is
> 7 knots.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
177
Index
Index
ALT
Appendix
Appendix
Comparator
Annunciation
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Comparator
Annunciation
Index
Index
Difference in heading sensors is > 6 degrees.
PIT
Difference in pitch sensors is > 5 degrees.
ROL
Difference in roll sensors is > 6 degrees.
VDI
Difference in temperature compensated altitudes is > 50 ft.
ALT
No data from one or both altitude sensors.
IAS
No data from one or both airspeed sensors.
HDG
No data from one or both heading sensors.
PIT
No data from one or both pitch sensors.
ROL
No data from one or both roll sensors.
VDI
No temperature compensated altitude data available.
REVERSIONARY SENSOR ANNUNCIATIONS
Reversionary Sensor
Window Text
Condition
BOTH ON ADC1
Both PFDs are displaying data from the number one Air Data Computer.
BOTH ON ADC2
Both PFDs are displaying data from the number two Air Data Computer.
BOTH ON AHRS1
Both PFDs are displaying data from the number one Attitude & Heading
Reference System.
BOTH ON AHRS2
Both PFDs are displaying data from the number two Attitude & Heading
Reference System.
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
HDG
Condition
BOTH
ON GPS1
Both PFDs are displaying data from the number one GPS receiver.
BOTH
ON GPS2
Both PFDs are displaying data from the number two GPS receiver.
USING ADC1
PFD2 is displaying data from the #1 Air Data Computer.
USING ADC2
PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 Air Data Computer.
178
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Reversionary Sensor
Window Text
Condition
USING AHRS2
PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 AHRS.
USING
GPS1
PFD2 is displaying data from the #1 GPS.
USING
GPS2
PFD1 is displaying data from the #2 GPS.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
PFD2 is displaying data from the #1 AHRS.
EISEIS
USING AHRS1
QFE ANNUNCIATIONS
Annunciation
Condition
QFE
Baro QFE is active.
QFE
Baro QFE is armed.
AFCS
AFCS ALERTS
RUDñ
Rudder Mistrim Left
œRUD
Aileron Mistrim Right
AILñ
Aileron Mistrim Left
œAIL
Elevator Mistrim Down
£ELE
Elevator Mistrim Up
¤ELE
Pitch Trim Failure
Yaw Damper Failure
190-02040-01 Rev. B
PTRM
YAW
Roll servo providing sustained force in the indicated
direction
Pitch servo providing sustained force in the indicated
direction
If AP engaged, take control of the aircraft and disengage
AP
If AP disengaged, move MEPT switches separately to
unstick
YD control failure
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
179
Index
Index
(or stuck MEPT Switch)
Yaw servo providing sustained force in the indicated
direction
Appendix
Appendix
Rudder Mistrim Right
Description
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Annunciation
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Alert Condition
ROLL
Roll axis control failure; AP and YD inoperative
Pitch Failure
PTCH
Pitch axis control failure; AP and YD inoperative
System Failure
AFCS
AP and MEPT are unavailable; FD may still be available,
but YD inoperative
Performing preflight system test; aural alert sounds at
completion
Do not press the AP/YD DISC Switch during servo
power-up and preflight system tests as this may cause
the preflight system test to fail or never to start (if servos
fail their power-up tests). Power must be cycled to the
servos to remedy the situation.
PFT
Preflight system test failed; aural alert sounds at failure
PFT
WEATHER RADAR SYSTEM STATUS
Radar Mode
Radar Mode Annunciation Box
Center Banner Annunciation
Standby
STANDBY
STANDBY
Weather
WEATHER
None
Ground Mapping
GROUND
None
Off
OFF
OFF
Radar Failed*
FAIL
RADAR FAIL
* See the following table for additional failure annunciations
Radar Modes on the Weather Radar Page
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
Roll Failure
Preflight Test
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Radar Feature Status
The radar is not receiving pitch and roll information. The
antenna stabilization feature is inoperative.
ALTITUDE COMP TILT ON
The altitude-compensated tilt feature is selected on.
ALTITUDE COMP TILT OFF
The altitude-compensated tilt feature is selected off.
GND CLTR SUPPRESS ON
The ground clutter suppression feature is selected on.
GND CLTR SUPPRESS OFF
The ground clutter suppression feature is selected off.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
STAB INOP
Description
180
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
GND CLTR SUPPRESS UNAVAILABLE
The radar is missing data needed to suppress ground clutter.
The turbulence detection feature is selected on.
TURB DETECTION OFF
The turbulence detection feature is selected off.
EISEIS
TURB DETECTION ON
TURB DETECTION UNAVAILABLE
The radar is missing data needed to detect turbulence.
Radar Feature Status Annunciations on the Weather Radar Page
Weather Radar Page Center
Banner Annunciation
Description
The radar configuration is invalid. The radar should be serviced.
RDR FAULT
The radar unit is reporting a fault. The radar should be serviced.
RADAR FAIL
The system is not receiving valid data from the radar unit. The
system should be serviced.
TAWS-B ALERTS
Voice Message
Excessive
Descent Rate
Warning (EDR)
PULL UP
PULL-UP
“Pull Up”
PULL UP
TERRAIN - PULL-UP
or
TERRAIN AHEAD - PULL-UP
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up,
Pull Up”*
or
“Terrain Ahead, Pull Up;
Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”
PULL UP
TERRAIN - PULL-UP
or
TERRAIN AHEAD - PULL-UP
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up,
Pull Up”*
or
“Terrain Ahead, Pull Up;
Terrain Ahead, Pull Up”
Reduced
Required Terrain
Clearance
Warning (RTC)
Imminent
Terrain Impact
Warning (ITI)
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
181
Index
Index
MFD Pop-Up Alert
(except TAWS-B Page)
Appendix
Appendix
PFD/MFD**
Alert
Annunciation
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Alert Type
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Abnormal Radar Status Annunciations on the Weather Radar Page
AFCS
BAD CONFIG
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Turbulence detection is inactive when map range is greater
than 160 nm, or radar is in a mode which cannot support
turbulence detection.
TURB DETECTION INACTIVE
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
The ground clutter suppression feature is enabled, but the
radar is in a mode which cannot support ground clutter
suppression (e.g. vertical scan or sector scan).
GND CLTR SUPPRESS INACTIVE
Annunciations & Alerts
Voice Message
PULL UP
OBSTACLE - PULL-UP
or
OBSTACLE AHEAD - PULL-UP
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull
Up, Pull Up”*
or
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up;
Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”
PULL UP
OBSTACLE - PULL-UP
or
OBSTACLE AHEAD - PULL-UP
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull
Up, Pull Up”*
or
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up;
Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up”
TERRAIN
CAUTION - TERRAIN
or
TERRAIN AHEAD
“Caution, Terrain; Caution,
Terrain”*
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain
Ahead”
TERRAIN
CAUTION - TERRAIN
or
TERRAIN AHEAD
“Caution, Terrain; Caution,
Terrain”*
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain
Ahead”
TERRAIN
CAUTION - OBSTACLE
or
OBSTACLE AHEAD
“Caution, Obstacle;
Caution, Obstacle”*
or
“Obstacle Ahead;
Obstacle Ahead”
Imminent
Obstacle Impact
Caution (IOI)
TERRAIN
CAUTION - OBSTACLE
or
OBSTACLE AHEAD
“Caution, Obstacle;
Caution, Obstacle”*
or
“Obstacle Ahead;
Obstacle Ahead”
Premature
Descent Alert
Caution (PDA)
TERRAIN
TOO LOW - TERRAIN
“Too Low, Terrain”
Altitude Voice
Callout (VCO)
“500”
None
None
“Five-Hundred”
Excessive
Descent Rate
Caution (EDR)
TERRAIN
SINK RATE
“Sink Rate”
Reduced
Required
Obstacle
Clearance
Warning (ROC)
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
MFD Pop-Up Alert
(except TAWS-B Page)
EISEIS
PFD/MFD**
Alert
Annunciation
Alert Type
Imminent
Obstacle Impact
Warning (IOI)
Reduced
Required Terrain
Clearance
Caution (RTC)
Imminent
Terrain Impact
Caution (ITI)
Reduced
Required
Obstacle
Clearance
Caution (ROC)
182
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
MFD Pop-Up Alert
(except TAWS-B Page)
Voice Message
TERRAIN
DONT SINK
or
TOO LOW - TERRAIN
“Don’t Sink”*
or
“Too Low, Terrain”
TAWS-B SYSTEM STATUS ANNUNCIATIONS
TAWS-B Page Center Banner
Annunciation
Voice Alert
TAWS TEST
TAWS TEST
None
None
None
“TAWS System
Test OK”
TAWS System Test Fail;
Terrain, Airport Terrain
or Obstacle database
unavailable or invalid
on all displays; software
mismatch among
displays; TAWS audio
fault
TAWS FAIL
TAWS FAIL
“TAWS System
Failure”
MFD Terrain or Obstacle
database unavailable or
invalid. TAWS operating
with PFD Terrain or
Obstacle databases
None
TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE
None
TAWS N/A
NO GPS POSITION
“TAWS Not
Available”
TAWS N/A
None
“TAWS Not
Available”
Alert Type
System Test in progress
System Test pass
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Excessively degraded
GPS signal, or out of
database coverage area
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
No GPS position
AFCS
PFD/MFD
TAWS-B Page
Annunciation
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
* Alerts with multiple messages are configurable at installation and are installationdependent. Alerts for the default configuration when more than one option is available are
indicated with asterisks.
**Annunciation is displayed on the MFD when terrain display is enabled.
EISEIS
Negative Climb
Rate Caution
(NCR)
PFD/MFD**
Alert
Annunciation
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Alert Type
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
183
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Alert Type
Sufficient GPS signal
reception restored
TAWS Alerting is
inhibited
PFD/MFD
TAWS-B Page
Annunciation
TAWS-B Page Center Banner
Annunciation
Voice Alert
None
None
“TAWS Available”
(voice message
only in flight)
TAWS INH
None
None
TAWS-A ALERTS
Alert Type
Reduced Required
Terrain Clearance
Warning (RTC)
Imminent Terrain
Impact Warning (ITI)
Reduced Required
Obstacle Clearance
Warning (ROC)
Imminent Obstacle
Impact Warning (IOI)
PFD/MFD
TAWS-A Page
Annunciation
MFD Map Page
Pop-Up Alert
(Except TAWS-A Page)
*
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull-Up,
Pull-Up”*
or
“Terrain Ahead, Pull-Up;
Terrain Ahead, Pull-Up”
*
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull-Up,
Pull-Up”*
or
Terrain Ahead, Pull-Up;
Terrain Ahead, Pull-Up”
*
“Obstacle, Obstacle; PullUp, Pull-Up”*
or
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull-Up;
Obstacle Ahead, Pull-Up”
*
“Obstacle, Obstacle; PullUp, Pull-Up”*
or
“Obstacle Ahead, Pull-Up;
Obstacle Ahead, Pull-Up”
or
or
or
or
Voice Alert
Excessive Descent
Rate Warning (EDR)
“<whoop> <whoop>
Pull-Up”
Excessive Closure
Rate Warning (ECR)
“<whoop> <whoop>
Pull-Up”
* Alerts with multiple messages are configurable. Alerts for the default configuration are
indicated with asterisks.
184
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Reduced Required
Obstacle Clearance
Caution (ROC)
* “Caution, Terrain; Caution,
Terrain”
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain
Ahead”
“Caution, Obstacle;
Caution, Obstacle”*
or
“Obstacle Ahead;
Obstacle Ahead”
*
“Caution, Obstacle;
Caution, Obstacle”*
or
“Obstacle Ahead;
Obstacle Ahead”
or
Premature Descent
Alert Caution (PDA)
“Too Low, Terrain”
Excessive Descent
Rate Caution (EDR)
“Sink Rate”
Excessive Closure
Rate Caution (ECR)
“Terrain, Terrain”
*
or
“Don’t Sink”*
or
“Too Low, Terrain”
“Too Low, Terrain”
Flight Into Terrain
Gear Caution (FIT)
“Too Low, Gear”
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Index
Index
* Alerts with multiple messages are configurable. Alerts for the default configuration are
indicated with asterisks.
Appendix
Appendix
Flight Into Terrain
High Speed Caution
(FIT)
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Negative Climb Rate
Caution (NCR)
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
*
or
AFCS
Imminent Obstacle
Impact Caution (IOI)
or
* “Caution, Terrain; Caution,
Terrain”*
or
“Terrain Ahead; Terrain
Ahead”
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Imminent Terrain
Impact Caution (ITI)
or
Voice Alert
EISEIS
Reduced Required
Terrain Clearance
Caution (RTC)
MFD Map Page
Pop-Up Alert
(Except TAWS-A Page)
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Alert Type
PFD/MFD
TAWS-A Page
Annunciation
185
Alert Type
PFD/MFD
TAWS-A Page
Annunciation
MFD Map Page
Pop-Up Alert
(Except TAWS-A Page)
Voice Alert
Flight Into Terrain
Flaps Caution (FIT)
“Too Low, Flaps”
Flight Into Terrain
Takeoff Caution (FIT)
“Too Low, Terrain”
Glide Slope Deviation
Caution (GSD)
“Glideslope”
or
“Glidepath”
or
or
None
None
(depends on
approach type)
Altitude Voice Callout
(VCO)
“Five Hundred”, “Four
Hundred”*, “Three
Hundred”*, “Two
Hundred”*, “One
Hundred”*
* Alerts with multiple messages are configurable. Alerts for the default configuration are
indicated with asterisks.
TAWS-A SYSTEM TEST STATUS
TAWS-A Page
Center Banner
Annunciation
Voice Alert
TAWS System Fail
TAWS FAIL
“TAWS System Failure”
GPWS System Fail
None
“GPWS System Failure”
System Test in
progress
TAWS TEST
None
None
“TAWS System Test OK”
Alert Type
System Test pass
PFD/MFD
TAWS-A Page
Annunciation
None
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
186
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
MFD Terrain or Obstacle
database unavailable or
invalid. TAWS operating
with PFD Terrain or
Obstacle databases
*
None
No GPS position
None
*
TERRAIN DATABASE FAILURE
None
NO GPS POSITION
“TAWS Not
Available”
None
“TAWS Not
Available”
None
“TAWS
Available”
(voice alert only
in flight)
None
“GPWS System
Failure”
Appendix
Appendix
* VCO alerts are not issued if both TAWS and GPWS systems have failed or are not available.
† GSD alert will be available if a valid ILS is being used for navigation, even in no valid GPS
signal is being received.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Radar Altimeter invalid,
Vertical Speed Invalid, GPS
and Baro Altitude invalid,
Software mismatch among
GDUs, TAWS configuration
mismatch among GDUs,
TAWS audio fault
“TAWS System
Failure”
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Sufficient GPS signal
reception restored
TAWS FAIL
AFCS
Excessively degraded GPS
signal, or out of database
coverage area
Voice Alert
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
TAWS System Test Fail;
Terrain, Airport Terrain
or Obstacle database
unavailable or invalid on all
GDUs; software mismatch
among GDUs; TAWS audio
fault
TAWS-A Page Center
Banner Annunciation
EISEIS
PFD/MFD
TAWS-A Page
Annunciation
Alert Type
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
TAWS-A ABNORMAL STATUS ALERTS
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
187
TAS/TCAS I SYSTEM STATUS
Traffic System Test
Initiated
OPERATING
Standby
STANDBY
(also shown in white in center of page)
Traffic System
Failed*
FAIL
* See following table for additional failure annunciations
TAS/TCAS I TRAFFIC FAILURE ANNUNCIATIONS
Traffic Map
Annunciation
NO DATA
DATA FAILED
FAILED
Description
Data is not being received from the traffic unit
Data is being received from the traffic unit, but the unit is self-reporting a
failure
Incorrect data format received from the traffic unit
TAS/TCAS I TRAFFIC STATUS ANNUNCIATIONS
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
Description
TA OFF SCALE
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*.
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the selected display
range.
TA X.X ± XX ↕
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**.
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation in hundreds
of feet, and altitude trend arrow (climbing/descending).
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
Traffic Display Status Icon
(Other Maps)
TEST
(‘TEST MODE’ shown in center of page)
Operating
TRFC FAIL
NO TRFC DATA
Index
Index
Traffic Mode Annunciation
(Traffic Map Page)
Mode
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Traffic unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or sending
incorrectly formatted data)
Data is not being received from the traffic unit
* Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
188
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
ADS-B System Test Initiated
ADS-B: TEST
TEST MODE
ADS-B Operating in Airborne
Mode
ADS-B: AIRB
None
ADS-B Operating in Surface
Mode
ADS-B: SURF
None
ABS-B Traffic Off
ADS-B: OFF
ADS-B TRFC OFF
ADS-B Traffic Not Available
ADS-B: N/A
ADS-B TRFC N/A
ADS-B Failed*
ADS-B: FAIL
ADS-B TRFC FAIL
ADS-B Mode
Traffic Display
Status Icon
(Other Maps)
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Traffic Map Page
Center Banner
Annunciation
EISEIS
Traffic Mode
Annunciation
(Traffic Map Page)
AFCS
* See following table for additional failure annunciations
NO DATA
Description
Data is not being received from the traffic unit
Data is being received from the traffic unit, but the unit is self-reporting a
failure
DATA FAILED
FAILED
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Incorrect data format received from the traffic unit
ADS-B TRAFFIC STATUS ANNUNCIATIONS
Description
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*.
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the selected display
range.
TA X.X ± XX ↕
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**.
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation in hundreds of
feet, and altitude trend arrow (climbing/descending).
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
189
Index
Index
TA OFF SCALE
Appendix
Appendix
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
ADS-B TRAFFIC FAILURE ANNUNCIATIONS
Traffic Map Page
Center Annunciation
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
ADS-B SYSTEM STATUS
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Traffic unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or sending incorrectly
formatted data)
TRFC FAIL
NO TRFC DATA
Data is not being received from the traffic unit
* Shown as symbol on Traffic Map Page
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
ADS-B Status
Page Item
Status
Message
Traffic Application
Status: Airborne
(AIRB), Surface
(SURF), Airborne
Alerts (CSA)
On
Traffic application is currently on. Required input data is available,
and it meets performance requirements.
Available to
Run
Traffic application is not currently active, but application is ready
to run when condition(s) determine the application should be
active. Required input data is available, and it meets performance
requirements.
Fault
Traffic application is not available. Required input data is not
available or the application has failed.
Not
Configured
Traffic application is not available, because it has not been
configured. If this annunciation persists, the system should be
serviced.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
---------------- Traffic application status is invalid or unknown.
TIS-B/ADS-R
Coverage
Available
The system is receiving the ADS-R coverage from an FAA ground
station.
Not Available The system is not receiving the ADS-R coverage from an FAA ground
station.
--------------- ADS-R coverage is invalid or unknown.
GPS Status: GPS
Source
External #1
The system is using the #1 GPS receiver for the GPS position source.
External #2
The system is using the #2 GPS receiver for the GPS position source.
--------Ground Uplink
Status: Last
Uplink
Number of
minutes, or
‘------’
The GPS source is invalid or unknown.
Displays the number of minutes since the last uplink from a ground
station occurred. If no uplink has been received, or the status is
invalid, dashes appear instead of a number of minutes.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Description
Not Available Traffic application is not available. Required input data is available,
but it does not meet performance requirements.
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
AUX-ADS-B STATUS PAGE MESSAGES FOR ADS-B TRAFFIC
190
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Operating
Mode
PFD Annunciation
Traffic Map Mode
Annunciation
EISEIS
TEST
None
(‘TEST MODE’ also shown in
white on top center of page)
Traffic Advisory
and Resolution
Advisory (TA/RA)
None
TA/RA
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
TCAS II Self-test
Initiated (TEST)
Traffic Advisory
Only (TA ONLY)
Traffic Display
Status Icon
(Other Maps)
TA ONLY
TCAS II Standby
(Shown if Altitude
Reporting, On,
or Standby Mode
Selected), or after
landing or onground power up.
On the ground:
STANDBY
In the air:
AFCS
(also shown in white in
center of page on ground,
amber in the air)
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
NO DATA
or
DATA FAILED
or
UNIT FAILED
TCAS II Failed*
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
* See following table for additional failure annunciations.
TCAS II FAILURE ANNUNCIATIONS ON THE TRAFFIC MAP
NO DATA
DATA FAILED
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Data is not being received from the TCAS II unit
Data is being received from the TCAS II unit, but the unit is self-reporting
a failure
Index
Index
TCAS FAIL
Description
Incorrect data format received from the TCAS II unit
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
Appendix
Traffic Map Center
Banner Annunciation
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
TCAS II MODES
191
TCAS II TRAFFIC STATUS ANNUNCIATIONS
Traffic Status Banner
Annunciation
Description
RA OFF SCALE
A Resolution Advisory is outside the selected display range*. Annunciation
is removed when traffic comes within the selected display range
TA OFF SCALE
A Traffic Advisory is outside the selected display range*.
Annunciation is removed when traffic comes within the selected display
range.
RA X.X ± XX <UP> or
<DN>
System cannot determine bearing of Resolution Advisory**.
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation in hundreds of
feet, and altitude trend <UP> for climbing <DN> for descending traffic, if
altitude trend is available.
TA X.X ± XX <UP> or
<DN>
System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory**.
Annunciation indicates distance in nm, altitude separation in hundreds of
feet, and altitude trend <UP> for climbing or <DN> for descending traffic,
if altitude trend is available.
TCAS FAIL
TCAS II unit has failed (unit is self-reporting a failure or sending incorrectly
formatted data)
NO TCAS DATA
Data is not being received from the TCAS II unit
* Shown as symbol on Traffic Map
**Shown in center of Traffic Map Page
SURFACEWATCH ALERTS
SurfaceWatch Alert
Annunciation
Associated
Voice Alert
TWY TAKEOFF
“Taxiway”
Issued when the aircraft is taking off from a non-runway
(e.g. a taxiway)
RWY TOO SHORT
“Runway too
short”
Issued when the aircraft is taking off from, or landing on,
a runway with a length less than needed as entered by
the crew.
CHECK RUNWAY
“Check
runway”
Issued when the aircraft is taking off from, or landing on,
a runway different than that entered by the crew.
TWY LANDING
“Taxiway”
Issued when the aircraft is landing on a non-runway (e.g.
a taxiway).
Description
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
192
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
GDL 69/69A SXM DATA LINK RECEIVER MESSAGES
Message Location
Description
CHECK ANTENNA
XM Information Page (MFD)
Data Link Receiver antenna error;
service required
UPDATING
XM Information Page (MFD))
Data Link Receiver updating
encryption code
NO SIGNAL
XM Information Page Weather
Datalink Page (MFD)
Loss of signal; signal strength too
low for receiver
LOADING
XM Radio Page (MFD)
Acquiring channel audio or
information
OFF AIR
XM Radio Page (MFD)
Channel not in service
--------
XM Radio Page (MFD)
Missing channel information
WEATHER DATA LINK
FAILED
Weather Datalink Page (MFD)
No communication from Data Link
Receiver within last 5 minutes
ACTIVATION
REQUIRED
XM Information Page (MFD)
SiriusXM subscription is not
activated
DETECTING
ACTIVATION
Weather Datalink Page (MFD)
SiriusXM subscription is activating.
WAITING FOR DATA...
Weather Datalink Page (MFD)
SiriusXM subscription confirmed
downloading weather data.
EISEIS
Message
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan, only
user waypoints. These waypoints have been saved to the system
user waypoints. No flight plans stored in the system have been
modified.
‘No flight plan files found to import.’
The SD card contains no flight plan data.
‘Flight plan import failed.’
Flight plan data was not successfully imported from the SD card.
‘Flight plan partially imported.’
Some flight plan waypoints were successfully imported from the
SD card, however others had errors and were not imported. A
partial stored flight plan now exists in the system.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
193
Index
Index
‘File contained user waypoints only.
User waypoints imported successfully.
No stored flight plan data was
modified.’
Appendix
Appendix
A flight plan file stored on the SD card was successfully
imported as a stored flight plan.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
‘Flight plan successfully imported.’
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Description
AFCS
Flight Plan Import/Export
Results
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
FLIGHT PLAN IMPORT/EXPORT MESSAGES
Flight Plan Import/Export
Results
Description
‘File contained user waypoints only.’
The file stored on the SD card did not contain a flight plan, only
user waypoints. One or more of these waypoints did not import
successfully.
‘Too many points. Flight plan
truncated.’
The flight plan on the SD card contains more waypoints than the
system can support. The flight plan was imported with as many
waypoints as possible.
‘Some waypoints not loaded.
Waypoints locked.’
The flight plan on the SD card contains one or more waypoints
that the system cannot find in the navigation database. The
flight plan has been imported, but must be edited within the
system before it can be activated for use.
‘User waypoint database full. Not all
loaded.’
The flight plan file on the SD card contains user waypoints. The
quantity of stored user waypoints has exceeded system capacity,
therefore not all the user waypoints on the SD card have
been imported. Any flight plan user waypoints that were not
imported are locked in the flight plan. The flight plan must be
edited within the system before it can be activated for use.
‘One or more user waypoints
renamed.’
One or more imported user waypoints were renamed when
imported due to naming conflicts with waypoints already
existing in the system.
‘Flight plan successfully exported.’
The stored flight plan was successfully exported to the SD card.
‘Flight plan export failed.’
The stored flight plan was not successfully exported to the SD
card. The SD card may not have sufficient available memory or
the card may have been removed prematurely.
Description
‘No crew profile files found.’
Displayed if the SD card does not have one or more valid crew
profile filenames.
‘Overwrite existing profile?’
Displayed if the profile name matches the name of existing
profile.
‘Profile name invalid. Enter a
different profile name.’
Displayed if the profile name is invalid.
‘All available crew profiles in use.
Delete a profile before importing
another.’
Displayed if the maximum number for crew profiles has been
reached.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Message
Appendix
Appendix
CREW PROFILE IMPORT/EXPORT MESSAGES
Index
Index
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
194
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Displayed if the importing operation fails for any other reason.
‘Crew profile import succeeded.’
Displayed if the importing operation succeeds.
‘Overwrite existing file?’
Displayed if the filename matches the name of an existing file on
the SD card.
‘Crew profile export failed.’
Displayed if the export operation fails.
‘Crew profile export succeeded.’
Displayed if the export operation succeeds.
VOICE ALERTS
Voice Alert
“Minimums”
“Vertical track”
“Airspeed”
“TIS Not Available”
Appendix
Appendix
“Traffic”
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
“Traffic, Traffic”
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
“Traffic”
AFCS
“Engaging autopilot”
Description
The aircraft has descended below the preset minimum
descent altitude or decision altitude.
The aircraft is one minute from Top of Descent. Issued
only when vertical navigation is enabled.
The aircraft is in an underspeed condition. See the AFCS
section for more details.
The ESP system is engaging the autopilot. See the AFCS
section for more details.
Played when a Traffic Advisory (TA) is issued with
the TIS system, the optional GTS 825 TAS system, or
the optional GTS 855 TCAS I system. See the Hazard
Avoidance section for additional details on GTS
825/855 voice alerts.
The aircraft is outside the Traffic Information Service
(TIS) cover age area.
Played when a Traffic Advisory (TA) is issued with the
optional SKY 497/SKY899 TAS system, or the optional
KTA 870 TAS system. See the Skywatch PG or KTA 870
PG for additional details on voice alerts.
Played for each subsequent TA (KTA 870 only).
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
‘Crew profile import failed.’
EISEIS
Description
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Message
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
195
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Voice Alert
Description
Played when the optional traffic system passes a pilotinitiated self test.
“Traffic Advisory System Test Passed” - SKY 497 TAS
“SKYWATCH System Test Passed” - SKY 899 TAS
- KTA 870 TAS
“TAS System Test OK”
- GTS 825 TAS
“TAS System Test Passed”
- GTS 855 TCAS I
“TCAS One System Test Passed”
- GTS 8000 TCAS II
“TCAS Two System Test Passed”
Played when the optional traffic system fails a pilotinitiated self test.
“Traffic Advisory System Test Failed” - SKY 497 TAS
- SKY 899 TAS
“SKYWATCH System Test Failed”
- KTA 870 TAS
“TAS System Test Fail”
- GTS 825 TAS
“TAS System Test Failed”
- GTS 855 TCAS I
“TCAS One System Test Failed”
- GTS 8000 TCAS II
“TCAS Two System Test Failed”
“One o’clock” through
Intruder bearing (GTS 825/855 only)
“Twelve o’clock”
or “No Bearing”
“High”, “Low”, “Same Altitude” (if Intruder relative altitude (GTS 825/855 only)
within 200 feet of own altitude), or
“Altitude not available”
“Less than one mile”,
Intruder distance (GTS 825/855 only)
“One Mile” through “Ten Miles”, or
“More than ten miles”
SYSTEM MESSAGES
Message
Comments
ABORT APR – Loss of GPS
navigation. Abort approach.
Abort approach due to loss of GPS navigation.
ADC1 ALT EC – ADC1 altitude error
correction is unavailable.
GDC1 is reporting that the altitude error correction is
unavailable. The system should be serviced.
196
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Message
GDC1 is reporting that the airspeed error correction is
unavailable. The system should be serviced.
ADC1 SERVICE – ADC1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
The GDC1 should be serviced.
ADC2 ALT EC – ADC2 altitude error
correction is unavailable.
GDC2 is reporting that the altitude error correction is
unavailable. The system should be serviced.
ADC2 AS EC – ADC2 airspeed error
correction is unavailable.
GDC2 is reporting that the airspeed error correction is
unavailable. The system should be serviced.
ADC2 SERVICE – ADC2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
The GDC2 should be serviced.
AHRS MAG DB – AHRS magnetic
model database version mismatch.
The #1 AHRS and #2 AHRS magnetic model database versions
do not match.
AHRS1 CAL – AHRS1 calibration
version error. Srvc req’d.
The #1 AHRS calibration version error. The system should be
serviced.
AHRS1 CONFIG – AHRS1 config
error. Config service req’d.
AHRS configuration settings do not match those of backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 operating
exclusively in no-GPS mode.
The #1 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. The
system should be serviced.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not receiving
any GPS information.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS information.
Check Current version of the pertinent flight manual limitations.
The system should be serviced.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 not receiving
backup GPS information.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information. The
system should be serviced.
AHRS1 GPS – AHRS1 using backup
GPS source.
The #1 AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS path
has failed. The system should be serviced when possible.
AHRS1 SERVICE – AHRS1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
A failure has been detected in the #1 AHRS. The system should
be serviced.
AHRS1 SRVC – AHRS1 Magneticfield model needs update.
The #1 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date. Update
magnetic field model when practical.
AHRS1 TAS – AHRS1 not receiving
valid airspeed.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air data
computer. The AHRS relies on GPS information to augment the
lack of airspeed. The system should be serviced.
AHRS2 CAL – AHRS2 calibration
version error. Srvc req’d.
The #2 AHRS calibration version error. The system should be
serviced.
AHRS2 CONFIG – AHRS2 config
error. Config service req’d.
AHRS #2 configuration settings do not match those of backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
AFCS
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
197
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
190-02040-01 Rev. B
EISEIS
ADC1 AS EC – ADC1 airspeed error
correction is unavailable.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
Comments
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 operating
exclusively in no-GPS mode.
The #2 AHRS is operating exclusively in no-GPS mode. The
system should be serviced.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 not receiving
any GPS information.
The #2 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS information.
Check Current version of the pertinent flight manual limitations.
The system should be serviced.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 not receiving
backup GPS information.
The #2 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information. The
system should be serviced.
AHRS2 GPS – AHRS2 using backup
GPS source.
The #2 AHRS is using the backup GPS path. Primary GPS path
has failed. The system should be serviced when possible.
AHRS2 SERVICE – AHRS2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
A failure has been detected in the #2 AHRS. The system should
be serviced.
AHRS2 SRVC – AHRS2 Magneticfield model needs update.
The #1 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date. Update
magnetic field model when practical.
AHRS2 TAS – AHRS2 not receiving
valid airspeed.
The #1 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air data
computer. The AHRS relies on GPS information to augment the
lack of airspeed. The system should be serviced.
APR ADVISORY – SBAS VNAV not
available. Using Baro VNAV.
SBAS VNAN not available. Check GPS sensor.
APR DWNGRADE – Approach
downgraded.
Vertical guidance generated by SBAS is unavailable, use LNAV
only minimums..
APPR INACTV – Approach is not
active.
The system notifies the pilot that the loaded approach is not
active. Activate approach when required.
ARSPC AHEAD – Airspace ahead
less than 10 minutes.
Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft. The aircraft will
penetrate the special use airspace within 10 minutes.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near and
ahead.
Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position.
ARSPC NEAR – Airspace near – less Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position.
than 2 nm.
CHECK CRS – Database course for
LOC1 / [LOC ID] is [CRS]°.
Selected course for LOC1 differs from published localizer course
by more than 10 degrees.
CHECK CRS – Database course for
LOC2 / [LOC ID] is [CRS]°.
Selected course for LOC2 differs from published localizer course
by more than 10 degrees.
CNFG MODULE – PFD1
configuration module is inoperative.
The PFD1 configuration module backup memory has failed. The
system should be serviced.
COM #[1, 2] INOP - CAL – Check
COM calibration.
COM 1 and/or COM 2 calibration version error. Check COM
calibration.
198
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
COM 1 and/or COM 2 current is low. Check COM current.
COM #[1, 2] INOP - NTRL – Com
internal fault.
COM 1 and/or COM 2 has an internal fault.
COM #[1, 2] INOP - SYNTH –
COM synthesizer lock fault.
The COM 1 and/or COM 2 has a synthesizer lock fault.
EISEIS
COM #[1, 2] INOP - CRNT –
Check COM current.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Message
The COM1 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the enable
(or “pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch again to cycle its
operation. If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
COM1 RMT XFR – COM1 remote
transfer key is stuck.
The COM1 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”)
position. Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation.
If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
COM1 SERVICE – COM1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
The system has detected a failure in COM1. COM1 may still be
usable. The system should be serviced when possible.
COM1 TEMP – COM1 over temp.
Reducing transmitter power.
The system has detected an over temperature condition in
COM1. The transmitter operates at reduced power. If the
problem persists, the system should be serviced.
COM2 CONFIG – COM2 config
error. Config service req’d.
The COM2 configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced
COM2 MANIFEST – COM2
software mismatch, communication
halted.
COM2 software mismatch. The system should be serviced.
COM2 PTT – COM2 push-to-talk
key is stuck.
The COM2 external push-to-talk switch is stuck in the enable
(or “pressed”) position. Press the PTT switch again to cycle its
operation. If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
COM2 RMT XFR – COM2 remote
transfer key is stuck.
The COM2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or “pressed”)
position. Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation.
If the problem persists, the system should be serviced.
COM2 SERVICE – COM2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
The system has detected a failure in COM2. COM2 may still be
usable. The system should be serviced when possible.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
199
Index
Index
COM1 PTT – COM1 push-to-talk
key is stuck.
Appendix
Appendix
COM1 software mismatch. The system should be serviced.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
COM1 MANIFEST – COM1
software mismatch, communication
halted.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
The COM2 configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced
AFCS
COM1 CONFIG – COM2 config
error. Config service req’d.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
COM #[1, 2] INOP - VOLT – Check COM 1 and/or COM 2 has low voltage.
COM voltage.
Message
Comments
COM2 TEMP – COM2 over temp.
Reducing transmitter power.
The system has detected an over temperature condition in
COM2. The transmitter operates at reduced power. If the
problem persists, the system should be serviced.
CONFIRM BARO QFE – Confirm
BARO QFE Reference Elevation
Confirm BARO QFE Reference Elevation.
DATA LOST – Pilot stored data was
lost. Recheck settings.
The pilot profile data was lost. System reverts to default pilot
profile and settings. The pilot may reconfigure the MFD & PFD
with preferred settings, if desired.
DATABASES EXPIRED – Restart
avionics to activate standby
databases.
The databases in the system have expired. Restart the system
move the standby databases to active status.
DATABASES MISMATCHED –
Restart displays to correct mismatch.
The GDUs have different database versions or regions. Restart
the system move the standby databases to active status.
DB CHANGE – Database changed.
Verify stored airways.
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains an airway that is
no longer consistent with the navigation database. This alert is
issued only after an navigation database update. Verify use of
airways in stored flight plans and reload airways as needed.
DB CHANGE – Database changed.
Verify user modified procedures.
This occurs when a stored flight plan contains a procedure that
is no longer consistent with the navigation database. This alert
is issued only after an navigation database update. Verify that
the user-modified procedures in stored flight plans are correct
and up to date.
DB MISMATCH – Navigation
database mismatch. Xtalk is off.
The PFDs and MFD have different navigation database versions
or regions installed. Crossfill is off. Check the ‘Aux-System
Status’ Page to determine versions or regions. Also, check
the ‘Aux-System Status’ Page for a database synchronization
function not completed. After synchronization is complete,
power must be turned off, then on.
DB MISMATCH – Obstacle
database mismatch.
The PFDs and MFD have different obstacle database versions
or regions installed. Check the ‘Aux-System Status’ Page to
determine versions or regions. Also, check the ‘Aux-System
Status’ Page for a database synchronization function not
completed. After synchronization is complete, power must be
turned off, then on.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
200
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
This occurs when a newly installed navigation database
eliminates an obsolete approach or arrival used by a stored
flight plan. The obsolete procedure is removed from the flight
plan. Update flight plan with current arrival or approach.
FPL WPT LOCK – Flight plan
waypoint is locked.
Upon power-up, the system detects that a stored flight plan
waypoint is locked. This occurs when an navigation database
update eliminates an obsolete waypoint. The flight plan cannot
find the specified waypoint and flags this message. This can
also occur with user waypoints in a flight plan that is deleted.
Remove the waypoint from the flight plan if it no longer exists
in any database,
Or - update the waypoint name/identifier to reflect the new
information.
FPL WPT MOVE – Flight plan
waypoint moved.
The system has detected that a waypoint coordinate has
changed due to a new navigation database update. Verify that
stored flight plans contain correct waypoint locations.
FS510 CARD ERROR – FS510 not
detected in MFD Bottom Slot.
The multimedia card was removed from the bottom card slot of
the MFD. The multimedia card needs to be reinserted.
GCU CNFG – GCU Config error.
Config service req’d.
GCU 477 configuration settings do not match those of backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
GCU FAIL – GCU is inoperative.
A failure has been detected in the GCU 477. The GCU 477 is
unavailable.
GCU1 MANIFEST – GCU software
mismatch, ommunication halted.
The GCU 477 has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
201
Index
Index
GDC1 MANIFEST – GDC1 software The GDC1 has incorrect software installed. The system should
mismatch, communication halted.
be serviced.
Appendix
Appendix
GCU KEYSTK – GCU [keyname] Key A key is stuck on the GCU 477 bezel. Attempt to free the stuck
is stuck
key by pressing it several times. The system should be serviced if
the problem persists.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
FPL TRUNC – Flight plan has been
truncated.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
A data path connected to the GDU or the GIA has failed.
AFCS
FAILED PATH – A data path has
failed.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
The PFDs and MFD have different terrain database versions
or regions installed. Check the ‘Aux-System Status’ Page to
determine versions or regions. Also, check the ‘Aux-System
Status’ Page for a database synchronization function not
completed. After synchronization is complete, power must be
turned off, then on.
EISEIS
DB MISMATCH – Terrain database
mismatch.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Message
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
Comments
GDC2 MANIFEST – GDC2 software The GDC2 has incorrect software installed. The system should
mismatch, communication halted.
be serviced
GDL59 CONFIG – GDL 59 config
error. Config service req’d.
GDL 59 configuration settings do not match those of backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
GDL59 FAIL – GDL 59 has failed.
A failure has been detected in the GDL 59. The receiver is
unavailable. The system should be serviced.
GDL59 MANIFEST – GDL59
software mismatch, communication
halted.
The GDL 59 has incorrect software installed. The system should
be serviced.
GDL59 RTR FAIL – The GDL 59
router has failed.
A failure has been detected in the GDL 59 router. The system
should be serviced.
GDL59 SERVICE – GDL 59 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
A failure has been detected in the GDL 59. The system should
be serviced.
GDL69 CONFIG – GDL 69 config
error. Config service req’d.
GDL 69A SXM configuration settings do not match those of
backup configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
GDL69 FAIL – GDL 69 has failed.
A failure has been detected in the GDL 69A SXM. The receiver
is unavailable. The system should be serviced
GDL69 MANIFEST – GDL software
mismatch, communication halted.
The GDL 69A SXM has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GEA # [1, 2] INOP - CAL – Check
GEA rigging.
There is a problem with the GEA rigging. Check the rigging.
GEA # [1, 2] INOP - CNFG
– Check GEA software and
configuration.
There is a problem with the GEA software configuration. Check
the configuration. If the problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
GEA # [1, 2] INOP - COMM –
There is a problem with the GEA config module connection.
Check GEA config module connection. Check the connection.
GEA # [1, 2] INOP - INTRL – GEA
internal fault.
The GEA has an internal fault. The system should be serviced.
GEA # [1, 2] INOP - SENS – Check There is an error in the GEA configuration. Check the
GEA configuration.
configuration. If the problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
GEA # [1, 2] INOP - TEMP –
Check GEA config module cooling.
The GEA configuration module has insufficient cooling. If the
problem persists, the system should be serviced.
GEA # [1, 2] INOP - VOLT –
Check GEA voltages.
The GEA voltage is low. Check GEA voltages.
GEA1 CONFIG – GEA1 config error.
Config service req’d.
The GEA1 configuration settings do not match those of backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
202
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
The #1 GEA has incorrect software installed. The system should
be serviced.
GEA2 CONFIG – GEA2 config error.
Config service req’d.
The GEA2 configuration settings do not match those of backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
GEA2 MANIFEST – GEA2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The #2 GEA has incorrect software installed. The system should
be serviced.
GIA 1 and/or GIA 2 is reporting an over-temperature condition.
GIA #[1, 2] INOP - SERIAL –
Check GIA serial communication.
Loss of GIA 1 and/or GIA 2 serial communication. Check GIA
serial communication.
GIA #[1, 2] INOP - VOLT – Check
GIA voltage.
GIA 1 and/or GIA 2 low voltage. Check voltage.
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 audio config
error. Config service req’d.
The GIA1 have an error in the audio configuration. The system
should be serviced.
GIA1 CONFIG – GIA1 config error.
Config service req’d.
The GIA1 configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1
temperature too low.
The GIA1 and/or GIA2 temperature is too low to operate
correctly. Allow units to warm up to operating temperature.
GIA1 COOLING – GIA1 over
temperature.
The GIA1 temperature is too high. If problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
GIA1 MANIFEST – GIA1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The GIA1 1 has incorrect software installed. The system should
be serviced.
GIA1 SERVICE – GIA1 needs
service. Return the unit for repair.
The GIA1 self-test has detected a problem in the unit. The
system should be serviced.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 audio config
error. Config service req’d.
The GIA2 have an error in the audio configuration. The system
should be serviced.
GIA2 CONFIG – GIA2 config error.
Config service req’d.
The GIA2 configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
203
Index
Index
GIA #[1, 2] OVER TEMP – Check
GIA temperature.
Appendix
Appendix
GIA 1 and/or GIA 2 current is low. The current should be
checked.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
GIA #[1, 2] INOP - CRNT – Check
GIA current.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Incorrect servo software is installed, or gain settings are
incorrect.
AFCS
GFC MANIFEST – GFC software
mismatch, communication halted.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
GEO LIMITS – AHRS1 too far North/
South, no magnetic compass.
The aircraft is outside geographical limits for approved AHRS
GEO LIMITS – AHRS2 too far North/ operation. Heading is flagged as invalid.
South, no magnetic compass.
EISEIS
GEA1 MANIFEST – GEA1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Message
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
Comments
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2 over
temperature.
The GIA2 temperature is too high. If problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
GIA2 COOLING – GIA2
temperature too low.
The GIA2 temperature is too low to operate correctly. Allow
units to warm up to operating temperature.
GIA2 MANIFEST – GIA2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The GIA 2 has incorrect software installed. The system should
be serviced.
GIA2 SERVICE – GIA2 needs
service. Return the unit for repair.
The GIA2 self-test has detected a problem in the unit. The
system should be serviced.
GMA XTALK – GMA crosstalk error
has occurred.
An error has occurred in transferring data between the two
GMAs. The system should be serviced.
GMA1 CONFIG – GMA1
configuration error. Config service
req’d.
The audio panel configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
GMA1 FAIL – GMA1 is inoperative.
The audio panel self-test has detected a failure. The audio panel
is unavailable. The system should be serviced.
GMA1 MANIFEST – GMA1
software mismatch. Communication
halted.
The audio panel has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GMA1 SERVICE – GMA1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
The audio panel self-test has detected a problem in the unit.
Certain audio functions may still be available, and the audio
panel may still be usable. The system should be serviced when
possible.
GMA2 CONFIG – GMA2
configuration error. Config service
req’d.
The audio panel configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
GMA2 FAIL – GMA2 is inoperative.
The audio panel self-test has detected a failure. The audio panel
is unavailable. The system should be serviced.
GMA2 MANIFEST – GMA2
software mismatch. Communication
halted.
The audio panel has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GMA2 SERVICE – GMA2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
The audio panel self-test has detected a problem in the unit.
Certain audio functions may still be available, and the audio
panel may still be usable. The system should be serviced when
possible.
GMC CNFG – GMC Config error.
Config service req’d.
Error in the configuration of the GMC 710.
204
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
A failure has been detected in the GMC 710. The GMC 710 is
unavailable.
GMC KEYSTK – GMC [keyname]
Key is stuck
A key is stuck on the GCMC 710 bezel. Attempt to free the
stuck key by pressing it several times. The system should be
serviced if the problem persists.
GMC MANIFEST – GMC software
mismatch, communication halted.
The GMC 710 has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GMU1 MANIFEST – GMU1
software mismatch, communication
halted.
The GMU 44 has incorrect software installed. The system should
be serviced.
GMU2 MANIFEST – GMU2
software mismatch, communication
halted.
The GMU 44 has incorrect software installed. The system should
be serviced.
GPS 1 and/or GPS 2 calibration version error. Check GPS
calibration.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. GPS fail.
Loss of GPS navigation due to GPS failure.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. Insufficient satellites.
Loss of GPS navigation due to insufficient satellites.
GPS NAV LOST – Loss of GPS
navigation. Position error.
Loss of GPS navigation due to position error.
GPS1 SERVICE – GPS1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
GRA1 CAL – GRA1 calibration error. A calibration error has been detected in the GRA. The system
Service req’d.
should be serviced.
GRA1 MANIFEST – GRA1 software The GRA has incorrect software installed. The system should be
mismatch, communication halted.
serviced.
A failure has been detected in the GRA. The system should be
serviced.
GRA1 TEMP – GRA1 over
temperature.
The GRA temperature is too high. If the problem persists, the
system should be serviced.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
205
Index
Index
GRA1 SERVICE – GRA1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
Appendix
Appendix
GRA1 CONFIG – GRA1 config error. The GRA configuration settings do not match those of backup
Config service req’d.
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
GPS2 SERVICE – GPS2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
A failure has been detected in the GPS1 and/or GPS2 receiver.
The receiver may still be available. The system should be
serviced.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
GPS #[1, 2] INSPECT INOP - CAL
– Check GPS calibration.
AFCS
The GPS battery needs to be checked.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
GPS #[1, 2] INSPECT RQRD BATT – Check GPS battery.
EISEIS
GMC FAIL – GMC is inoperative.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Message
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
Comments
GRS1 MANIFEST – GRS1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The #1 AHRS has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GRS2 MANIFEST – GRS2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The #2 AHRS has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GSD1 CONFIG – GSD1 config error. GSD1 and the CDU have different copies of the GSD1
Config service req’d.
configuration.
GSD1 COOLING – GSD1
temperature too low.
GSD1 is reporting a low temperature condition.
GSD1 MANIFEST – GSD1 software
mismatch. Communication halted.
GSD1 has incorrect software installed. The system should be
serviced.
GSD1 SERVICE – GSD1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
GSD1 is reporting an internal error condition. The GSD may still
be usable.
GSR1 FAIL – GSR1 has failed.
A failure has been detected in the #1 GSR 56. The system
should be serviced.
GTS CONFIG – GTS Config error.
Config service req'd.
The GTS and GDU have different copies of the GTS
configuration, or the Mode S address is invalid. The system
should be serviced.
GTS MANIFEST – GTS software
mismatch, communication halted.
The GTS has incorrect software installed. The system should be
serviced.
GTX1 MANIFEST – GTX1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The transponder has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GTX2 MANIFEST – GTX2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
The transponder has incorrect software installed. The system
should be serviced.
GWX CONFIG – GWX config error.
Config service req’d.
GWX configuration settings do not match those of the GDU
configuration. The system should be serviced.
GWX FAIL – GWX is inoperative.
The GDU is not receiving status packet from the GWX is
reporting a fault. The GWX radar system should be serviced.
GWX MANIFEST – GWX software
mismatch, communication halted.
The GWX has incorrect software installed. The system should
be serviced.
GWX SERVICE – Needs service.
Return unit for repair.
A failure has been detected in the GWX. The GWX may still be
usable.
HDG FAULT – AHRS1 magnetometer A fault has occurred in the #1 GMU 44. Heading is flagged as
fault has occurred.
invalid. The AHRS uses GPS for backup mode operation. The
system should be serviced.
HDG FAULT – AHRS2 magnetometer A fault has occurred in the #2 GMU 44. Heading is flagged as
fault has occurred.
invalid. The AHRS uses GPS for backup mode operation. The
system should be serviced.
206
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
HOLD EXPIRED – Holding EFC time Expect Further Clearance (EFC) time has expired for the User
expired.
Defined Hold.
INVALID ADM – Invalid ADM: ATN
communication halted.
Data link avionics were not configured correctly and therefore
will not be able to communicate with the ground network.
LOCKED FPL – Cannot navigate
locked flight plan.
This occurs when the pilot attempts to activate a stored flight
plan that contains locked waypoint. Remove locked waypoint
from flight plan. Update flight plan with current waypoint.
LOI – GPS integrity lost. Crosscheck
with other NAVS.
GPS integrity is insufficient for the current phase of flight.
LRG MAG VAR – Verify all course
angles.
The GDU’s internal model cannot determine the exact magnetic
variance for geographic locations near the magnetic poles.
Displayed magnetic course angles may differ from the actual
magnetic heading by more than 2°.
MANIFEST – MFD1 software
mismatch. Communication halted.
The MFD has incorrect software installed. The system should be
serviced.
MANIFEST – PFD1 software
mismatch. Communication halted.
MFD1 CARD 1 ERR – Card 1 is
invalid.
The SD card in the top card slot of the specified MFD contains
invalid data.
MFD1 CARD 1 REM – Card 1 was
removed. Reinsert card.
The SD card was removed from the top card slot of the specified
MFD. The SD card needs to be reinserted.
MFD1 CARD 2 ERR – Card 2 is
invalid.
The SD card in the bottom card slot of the specified MFD
contains invalid data.
MFD1 CARD 2 REM – Card 2 was
removed. Reinsert card.
The SD card was removed from the bottom card slot of the
specified MFD. The SD card needs to be reinserted.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Index
Index
The MFD backlight calibration cannot be found or is invalid. The
system should be serviced.
Appendix
Appendix
MFD1 BACKLIGHT CAL INV –
MFD1 calibration lost. Return for
repair.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
MANIFEST – PFD2 software
mismatch. Communication halted.
The PFD has incorrect software installed. The system should be
serviced.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
The aircraft is inside the special use airspace.
AFCS
INSIDE ARSPC – Inside airspace.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
HW MISMATCH – GIA hardware
mismatch. GIA2 communication
halted.
A GIA mismatch has been detected, where only one is SBAS
capable. The system should be serviced.
EISEIS
HW MISMATCH – GIA hardware
mismatch. GIA1 communication
halted.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Message
207
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
Comments
MFD1 CONFIG – MFD1
configuration error. Config service
req’d.
The MFD configuration settings do not match backup
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
MFD1 COOLING – MFD1 has poor
cooling. Reducing power usage.
The MFD is overheating and is reducing power consumption by
dimming the display. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 multiple
database errors exists.
The MFD detected a failure in more than one database. If
problem persists, the system should be serviced.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 obstacle
database error exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the obstacle database. Reload
databases with new data card. If problem persists, delete
databases and reload with a new card.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 obstacle
database missing.
The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but is missing
on the specified LRU.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 terrain
database error exists.
The MFD detected a failure in the terrain database. Reload
databases with new data card. If problem persists, delete
databases and reload with a new card.
MFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 terrain
database missing.
The terrain database is present on another LRU, but is missing
on the specified LRU.
MFD1 KEYSTK – MFD1 [key name]
Key is stuck
A key is stuck on the MFD bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key
by pressing it several times. The system should be serviced if the
problem persists.
MFD1 SERVICE – MFD1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
The MFD self-test has detected a problem. The system should
be serviced.
MFD1 SOFTWARE – MFD1
mismatch, communication halted.
The specified GDU has different software versions installed. The
system should be serviced.
MFD1 VOLTAGE – MFD1 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage.
The MFD voltage is low. The system should be serviced.
NAV DB UPDATED – Active
navigation database updated.
System has updated the active navigation database from the
standby navigation database.
NAV #[1, 2] INOP - CAL–- Check
COM calibration.
NAV 1 and/or NAV 2 calibration version error. Check COM
calibration.
NAV #[1, 2] INOP - CONFIG –
Check NAV software and config.
There is a problem with the NAV 1 and/or NAV 2 software
configuration. Check the configuration. If the problem persists,
the system should be serviced.
NAV #[1, 2] INOP - CRNT –
Check COM current.
NAV 1 and/or NAV 2 current is low. Check COM current.
208
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
NAV 1 and/or NAV 2 has an internal fault.
NAV #[1, 2] INOP - SERIAL –
Check NAV serial communication.
Loss of NAV 1 and/or NAV 2 serial communication. Check NAV
serial communication.
NAV1 MANIFEST – NAV1 software
mismatch, communication halted.
NAV1 software mismatch. The system should be serviced.
NAV1 RMT XFR – NAV1 remote
transfer key is stuck.
The remote NAV1 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or
“pressed”) state. Press the transfer switch again to cycle
its operation. If the problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
NAV1 SERVICE – NAV1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
A failure has been detected in the NAV1 receiver. The receiver
may still be available. The system should be serviced.
NAV2 MANIFEST – NAV2 software
mismatch, communication halted.
NAV2 software mismatch. The system should be serviced.
NAV2 RMT XFR – NAV2 remote
transfer key is stuck.
The remote NAV2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled (or
“pressed”) state. Press the transfer switch again to cycle
its operation. If the problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
NAV2 SERVICE – NAV2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
A failure has been detected in the NAV2 receiver. The receiver
may still be available. The system should be serviced.
NAV #[1, 2] INOP - SYNTH
LOCK – COM synthesiser lock fault.
NNAV 1 and/or NAV 2 has a synthesizer lock fault.
NO RUNWAY POSITION DATA
– Inhibit SurfaceWatch. No runway
position data.
Inhibit SurfaceWatch.
NO WGS84 WPT – Non WGS 84
waypoint for navigation -[xxxx]
The position of the selected waypoint [xxxx] is not calculated
based on the WGS84 map reference datum and may be
positioned in error as displayed. Do not use GPS to navigate to
the selected non-WGS84 waypoint.
NON-MAG UNITS– Non-magnetic
NAV ANGLE display units are active.
Navigation angle is not set to MAGNETIC at power-up.
PFD1 BACKLIGHT CAL – PFD1
calibration lost. Return for repair.
The PFD backlight calibration cannot be found or is invalid. The
system should be serviced.
PFD POSITIONS DIFFERENT
– PFD positions mismatch. Check
position sensors.
There is a mismatch in the position sensed by the PFDs. Check
position sensor settings. If message persists the system should
be serviced.
Index
Index
PFD1 CARD 1 ERR – Card 1 is
invalid.
The SD card in the top card slot of the specified PFD contains
invalid data.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
209
AFCS
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
190-02040-01 Rev. B
EISEIS
NAV #[1, 2] INOP - INTRL – Com
internal fault.
Appendix
Appendix
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Message
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
Comments
PFD1 CARD 1 REM – Card 1 was
removed. Reinsert card.
The SD card was removed from the top card slot of the specified
PFD. The SD card needs to be reinserted.
PFD1 CARD 2 ERR – Card 2 is
invalid.
The SD card in the bottom card slot of the specified PFD
contains invalid data.
PFD1 CARD 2 REM – Card 2 was
removed. Reinsert card.
The SD card was removed from the bottom card slot of the
specified PFD. The SD card needs to be reinserted.
PFD1 DB ERR – MFD1 obstacle
database error exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the obstacle database. Reload
databases with new data card. If problem persists, delete
databases and reload with a new card
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 multiple
database errors exists.
The PFD detected a failure in more than one database. Reload
databases with new data card. If problem persists, delete
databases and reload with a new card
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 obstacle
database missing.
The obstacle database is present on another LRU, but is missing
on the specified LRU.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain
database error exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the terrain database. Reload
databases with new data card. If problem persists, delete
databases and reload with a new card.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain
database missing.
The terrain database is present on another LRU, but is missing
on the specified LRU. Reload databases with new data card. If
problem persists, delete databases and reload with a new card.
PFD1 KEYSTK – PFD1 [key name]
Key is stuck.
A key is stuck on the PFD bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key
by pressing it several times. The system should be serviced if the
problem persists.
PFD1 SERVICE – PFD1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
The PFD1 self-test has detected a problem. The system should
be serviced.
PFD1 SOFTWARE – PFD1
mismatch, communication halted.
The specified GDU has different software versions installed. The
system should be serviced.
PFD1 VOLTAGE – PFD1 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage.
The PFD1 voltage is low. The system should be serviced.
PF2 BACKLIGHT CAL – PFD2
calibration lost. Return for repair.
The PFD backlight calibration cannot be found or is invalid. The
system should be serviced.
PFD2 CARD 1 ERR – Card 1 is
invalid.
The SD card in the top card slot of the specified PFD contains
invalid data.
PFD2 CARD 1 REM – Card 1 was
removed. Reinsert card.
The SD card was removed from the top card slot of the specified
PFD. The SD card needs to be reinserted.
PFD2 CARD 2 ERR – Card 2 is
invalid.
The SD card in the bottom card slot of the specified PFD
contains invalid data.
210
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
PFD2 CARD 2 REM – Card 2 was
removed. Reinsert card.
Comments
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Message
The SD card was removed from the bottom card slot of the
specified PFD. The SD card needs to be reinserted.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 obstacle
database error exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the obstacle database. Reload
databases with new data card. If problem persists, delete
databases and reload with a new card.
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 terrain
database error exists.
The PFD detected a failure in the terrain database. Reload
databases with new data card. If problem persists, delete
databases and reload with a new card.
PFD1 DB ERR – PFD1 terrain
database missing.
The terrain database is present on another LRU, but is missing
on the specified LRU. Reload databases with new data card. If
problem persists, delete databases and reload with a new card.
PFD2 KEYSTK – PFD1 [key name]
Key is stuck.
A key is stuck on the PFD bezel. Attempt to free the stuck key
by pressing it several times. The system should be serviced if the
problem persists.
PFD2 SERVICE – PFD2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
The PFD2 self-test has detected a problem. The system should
be serviced.
PFD2 SOFTWARE – PFD2
mismatch, communication halted.
The specified GDU has different software versions installed. The
system should be serviced.
PFD2 VOLTAGE – PFD2 has low
voltage. Reducing power usage.
The PFD2 voltage is low. The system should be serviced.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track
unavailable: bad geometry.
Bad parallel track geometry.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track
unavailable: invalid leg type.
Invalid leg type for parallel offset.
PTK FAIL – Parallel track
unavailable: past IAF.
IAF waypoint for parallel offset has been passed.
REGISTER CONNEXT – Data
services are inoperative, register w/
CONNEXT.
The GDL 59 is not registered with Garmin Flight Data Services,
or its current registration data has failed authentication.
211
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
Appendix
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
The PFD detected a failure in more than one database. Reload
databases with new data card. If problem persists, delete
databases and reload with a new card.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
PFD2 DB ERR – PFD2 multiple
database errors exists.
AFCS
The PFD is overheating and is reducing power consumption by
dimming the display. If problem persists, the system should be
serviced.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
PFD2 COOLING – PFD2 has poor
cooling. Reducing power usage.
EISEIS
PFD2 CONFIG – PFD2 configuration The PFD configuration settings do not match backup
error. Config service req’d.
configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
Message
Comments
SCHEDULER [#] – <message>.
Message criteria entered by the user.
SLCT FREQ – Select appropriate
frequency for approach.
The system notifies the pilot to load the approach frequency for
the appropriate NAV receiver. Select the correct frequency for
the approach.
SLCT MAG – Select MAGNETIC NAV The Navigation angle is non-magnetic. Select the MAGNETIC
ANGLE display units.
NAV ANGLE display units.
SLCT NAV – Select NAV on CDI for
approach.
The system notifies the pilot to set the CDI to the correct NAV
receiver. Set the CDI to the correct NAV receiver.
SLCT NON-MAG – Select alternate
NAV ANGLE display units.
The Navigation angle is magnetic. Select the alternate NAV
ANGLE display units.
STEEP TURN – Steep turn ahead.
A steep turn is 15 seconds ahead. Prepare to turn.
STRMSCP FAIL – Stormscope has
failed.
Stormscope has failed. The system should be serviced.
SURFACEWATCH DISABLED –
Too far north/south.
The SurfaceWatch system has been disabled.
SURFACEWATCH FAIL – Invalid
audio configuration.
The SurfaceWatch system has failed due to an invalid audio
configuration.
SURFACEWATCH FAIL – Invalid
configurable alerts.
The SurfaceWatch system has failed due to invalid configurable
alerts.
SURFACEWATCH FAIL – One or
more inputs invalid.
The SurfaceWatch system has failed due to one or more invalid
inputs.
SURFACEWATCH INHIBITED –
Surfacewatch inhibited.
The SurfaceWatch system has been inhibited.
SVT – SVT DISABLED: Out of
available terrain region.
Synthetic Vision is disabled because the aircraft is not within the
boundaries of the installed terrain database.
SVT – SVT DISABLED: Terrain DB
resolution too low.
Synthetic Vision is disabled because a terrain database of
sufficient resolution is not currently installed.
TERRAIN AUD CFG – Trn
Awareness audio config error. Service
req’d.
Terrain audio alerts are not configured properly. The system
should be serviced
TERRAIN DISABLED – Terrain
Awareness DB resolution too low.
TAWS is disabled because a terrain database of sufficient
resolution is not currently installed.
TERRAIN DSP – [PFD1, PFD2 or
MFD1] Terrain awareness display
unavailable.
One of the terrain or obstacle databases required for TAWS in
the specified PFD or MFD is missing or invalid.
TIMER EXPIRD – Timer has expired. The system notifies the pilot that the timer has expired.
212
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annunciations & Alerts
Comments
The estimated GPS position error exceeds the RNP limits. Check
GPS sensors.
UNABLE RNP APR – GPS integrity
lost. Check GPS sensors.
The estimated GPS position error exceeds the requirements for
the current approach. Check GPS sensor
UNABLE V WPT – Can’t reach
current vertical waypoint.
The current vertical waypoint can not be reached within the
maximum flight path angle and vertical speed constraints. The
system automatically transitions to the next vertical waypoint.
VNV UNAVAILABLE. – Excessive
crosstrack error.
The current crosstrack exceeds the limit, causing vertical
deviation to go invalid.
VNV UNAVAILABLE. – Excessive
track angle error.
The current track angle error exceeds the limit, causing the
vertical deviation to go invalid.
VNV UNAVAILABLE. – Parallel
course selected.
A parallel course has been selected, causing the vertical
deviation to go invalid.
VNV UNAVAILABLE. –
Unsupported leg type in flight plan.
The lateral flight plan contains a procedure turn, vector, or other
unsupported leg type prior to the active vertical waypoint. This
prevents vertical guidance to the active vertical waypoint.
WPT ARRIVAL – Arriving at
waypoint -[xxxx]
Arriving at waypoint [xxxx], where [xxxx] is the waypoint name.
WX ALERT – Possible severe
weather ahead.
The GWX indicates severe weather within ±10 degrees of the
aircraft heading at a range of 80 to 320 nm.
XPDR1 ADS-B 1090 – Datalinik:
ADS-B 1090 receiver has failed.
A failure has been detected in the 1090 receiver.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
UNABLE RNP – Estimated position
error exceeds RNP.
XPDR1 ADS-B FAIL – Transponder: ADS-B is inoperative. The transponder may not be receiving
XPDR1 is unable to transmit ADS-B
a valid GPS position. Other transponder functions may be
messages.
available. Service when possible.
XPDR1 ADS-B TRFC –
Transponder: ADS-B traffic has failed
The Transponder is incapable of processing traffic information.
XPDR1 ADS-B UAT – Datalink:
ADS-B in UAT receiver has failed.
A failure has been detected in the UAT receiver.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Index
Index
The transponder is not able to receive position information.
Appendix
Appendix
XPDR1 ADS-B NO POS –
Transponder: ADS-B is not
transmitting position.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
The audio source for terrain awareness is offline. Check GIA1
or GIA 2.
AFCS
TRN AUD FAIL – Trn Awareness
audio source unavailable.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
The system is no longer receiving data from the traffic system.
The traffic device should be serviced.
EISEIS
TRAFFIC FAIL – Traffic device has
failed.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Message
213
Message
XPDR1 CONFIG – XPDR1 config
error. Config service req’d.
Comments
The transponder configuration settings do not match those of
backup configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
XPDR1 CSA FAIL – Traffic: ADS-B In ADS-B Conflict Situational Awareness (CSA) is unavailable.
traffic alerting has failed.
XPDR1 ADS-B NO TX –
Transponder: ADS-B out has failed.
ADS-B is inoperative. The transponder may not be receiving
a valid GPS position. Other transponder functions may be
available. Service when possible.
XPDR1 FAULT – Datalink: ADSB-B
in has failed.
The transponder is unable to receive ADS-B information.
XPDR1 FIS-B WX – Datalink: FIS-B
Weather has failed.
The transponder is unable to receive FIS-B weather information.
XPDR1 OVER TEMP – Transponder: The system has detected an over temperature condition in
Transponder over temp.
XPDR1. The transmitter operates at reduced power. If the
problem persists, the system should be serviced.
XPDR1 PRES ALT –Transponder:
ADS-B no pressure altitude.
Unable to provide pressure altitude information.
XPDR1 SRVC – XPDR1 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
The #1 transponder should be serviced when possible.
XPDR1 UNDER TEMP –
The system has detected an under temperature condition in
Transponder: Transponder under temp. XPDR1. The transmitter operates at reduced power. If the
problem persists, the system should be serviced.
XPDR2 CONFIG – XPDR2 config
error. Config service req’d.
The transponder configuration settings do not match those of
backup configuration memory. The system should be serviced.
XPDR2 ADS-B NO TX –
Transponder: ADS-B out has failed.
ADS-B is inoperative. The transponder may not be receiving
a valid GPS position. Other transponder functions may be
available. Service when possible.
XPDR2 SRVC – XPDR2 needs
service. Return unit for repair.
The #2 transponder should be serviced when possible.
XPDR2 UNDER TEMP –
The system has detected an under temperature condition in
Transponder: Transponder under temp. XPDR2. The transmitter operates at reduced power. If the
problem persists, the system should be serviced.
XTALK ERROR – A flight display
crosstalk error has occurred.
The MFD and PFD are not communicating with each other. The
system should be serviced.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Annunciations & Alerts
214
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Appendix
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
APPENDIX
SOFTKEY FUNCTION
Softkey Subdued
Softkey Names (displayed)
AFCS
Bezel-Mounted Softkeys (press)
PFD SOFTKEYS
Level 2
Level 3
Map/HSI
Level 4
Description
Displays the PFD Map display settings softkeys.
Layout
Displays the PFD Map selection softkeys.
Removes the PFD map from display (Inset, HSI,
or Traffic).
Displays the Inset Map.
HSI Map
Displays the HSI Map.
Inset Trfc
Replaces the Inset Map with a dedicated traffic
display.
HSI Trfc
Replaces the HSI Map with a dedicated traffic
display.
Appendix
Appendix
Inset Map
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Map Off
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Softkeys (First-Level PFD Configuration)
Level 1
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Softkey On
EISEIS
Selection softkeys are located along the bottom of the displays. The softkeys shown
depend on the softkey level previously selected. The bezel keys below the softkey labels
can be used to press the appropriate softkey. There are three types of softkeys. One selects
a simple on/off state, indicated by an annunciator on the softkey label displayed as green
(on) or gray (off). The next type of softkey selects among several options, indicated by the
softkey label changing (with the exception of the Map Range keys) to reflect the name of
the chosen option. The last type of softkey, when pressed displays another set of softkeys
available for the selected function. Also, these softkeys revert to the previous level after
45 seconds of inactivity. When a softkey function is disabled, the softkey label is subdued
(dimmed)
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
215
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
Description
Selects desired amount of map detail:
All (No Declutter): All map features
visible.
Detail 1: Declutters land data.
Detail 2: Declutters land and SUA data.
Detail 3: Removes everything except for
the active flight plan.
Traffic
Displays traffic information on PFD Map.
TER
Topo: Displays topographical data (e.g.,
coastlines, terrain, rivers,
lakes) and elevation scale on PFD Map.
REL: Displays relative terrain information on
the PFD Map.
Off: Removes terrain.
WX LGND
Displays/removes the name of the selected
weather data provider (SiriusXM) and the
weather product icon and age box (for enabled
weather products).
NEXRAD
Displays XM NEXRAD weather and coverage
on PFD Map (subscription optional).
METAR
Displays METAR information on Inset Map
(subscription optional).
Lightning
Adds/removes the display of SiriusXM or
Connext lightning information (based on
weather data source selection) on the PFD
Map.
AFCS
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
216
Level 4
Detail
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Appendix
LTNG Off
Disables lightning function on PFD Map.
The softkey annunciator is green when the
lightning function is off.
Datalink
Selects the datalink weather source for the
PFD Map.
STRMSCP
Adds or removes the display of Stormscope
information on the PFD Map. The softkey
annunciator is green when the function is on.
When the function is off, the annunciator is
gray.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Appendix
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Description
When enabled, displays the airborne weather
radar overlay on HSI Map (WX 70/75 only).
RDR Opt
Displays softkeys for airborne weather radar
options (WX 70/75 only).
Mode SEL
Off
Disables weather radar mode (WX 70/75 only).
Standby
Selects Standby weather radar mode (WX
70/75 only).
Weather
Activates Weather radar mode (WX 70/75
only).
Ground
Activates Ground Map weather radar mode
(WX 70/75 only).
Gain +
Increases weather radar gain setting (WX
70/75 only).
WX ALRT
When enabled, displays weather alerts as
system messages (WX 70/75 only).
Stab
Activates antenna stabilization feature (WX
70/75 only).
ACT
Activates Altitude Compensated Tilt feature
(WX 70/75 only).
Replaces the PFD Map with a dedicated traffic
display.
PFD Opt
Displays second-level softkeys for additional
PFD options.
SVT
Displays additional SVT overlay softkeys.
Pathways
HDG LBL
Enables synthetic terrain depiction.
Appendix
Appendix
Terrain
Displays Pathway Boxes on the Synthetic Vision
Display.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
TFC Map
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Decreases weather radar gain setting (WX
70/75 only).
AFCS
Gain -
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Displays softkeys for weather radar mode
selection (WX 70/75 only).
EISEIS
Wx Radar
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Level 1
Displays compass heading along the ZeroPitch line.
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
217
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
APT Sign
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Appendix
Displays position markers for airports within
approximately 15 nm of the current aircraft
position. Airport identifiers are displayed
when the airport is within approximately 9 nm.
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
Wind
Displays the wind option softkeys.
Option 1
Headwind/Tailwind and crosswind
components.
Option 2
Wind direction arrow and speed.
Option 3
Wind direction arrow with direction and speed.
Off
Wind information not displayed.
DME
Displays ‘DME Information’ Window.
Bearing 1
Cycles the Bearing 1 Information Window
through NAV1, NAV2, GPS/waypoint identifier
and GPS-derived distance information, ADF/
frequency, and Off.
AFCS
Sensors
Displays the sensor selection softkeys.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
ADC
Displays ADC selection softkeys.
ADC 1
Selects the #1 ADC.
ADC 2
Selects the #2 ADC.
AHRS
Displays the AHRS selection softkeys.
AHRS 1
Selects the #1 AHRS.
AHRS 2
Selects the #2 AHRS.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
HDG
Displays the softkeys for selecting one of the
two DG modes (GRS 7800 only).
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
DG
218
Description
Selects desired DG Mode: (GRS 7800 only).
Slave: Slaves the DG to the AHRS.
Free: Allows the DG to enter FREE mode.
HDG -
Slews heading counterclockwise (GRS 7800
only).
HDG +
Slews heading clockwise (GRS 7800 only).
HDG Sync
Synchronizes heading to the selected heading
(GRS 7800 only).
TRK Sync
Synchronizes heading to the current track (GRS
7800 only).
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Appendix
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Description
Cycles the Bearing 2 Information Window
through NAV1, NAV2, GPS/waypoint identifier
and GPS-derived distance information, ADF/
frequency, and Off.
ALT Units
Displays softkeys to select altitude unit
parameters.
IN
HPA
STD Baro
When enabled, displays altimeter in meters.
Press to display the BARO setting as inches of
mercury.
Press to display the BARO setting as
hectopascals.
Sets barometric pressure to 29.92 in Hg (1013
hPa if metric units are selected).
Selects OBS mode on the CDI when navigating
by GPS (only available with active leg). When
OBS is on, the softkey annunciator is green.
CDI
Cycles through FMS, NAV1, and NAV2
navigation modes on the CDI.
DME
Displays the ‘DME Tuning’ Window, allowing
tuning and selection of the DME (optional).
AFCS
OBS
Displays the transponder selection softkeys.
Selects the #1 transponder as active.
XPDR 2
Selects the #2 transponder as active.
Standby
Selects transponder Standby Mode
(transponder does not reply to any
interrogations).
ALT
Altitude Reporting Mode (transponder replies
to identification and altitude interrogations).
VFR
Automatically enters the VFR code (1200 in
the U.S.A. only).
Code
Displays transponder code selection softkeys
0-7.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
219
Index
Index
Activates transponder (transponder replies to
identification interrogations).
Appendix
Appendix
190-02040-01 Rev. B
On
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
XPDR 1
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Transponder Softkeys without TCAS II
XPDR
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Meters
EISEIS
Bearing 2
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Level 1
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
Description
0-7
Use numbers to enter code.
Ident
Activates the Special Position Identification
(SPI) pulse for 18 seconds, identifying the
transponder return on the ATC screen.
BKSP
Removes numbers entered, one at a time.
Ident
Activates the Special Position Identification
(SPI) pulse for 18 seconds, identifying the
transponder return on the ATC screen.
Transponder Softkeys with TCAS II
XPDR/TFC
XPDR1
Selects the #1 transponder as active.
XPDR2
Selects the #2 transponder as active.
Mode
Displays transponder mode selection softkeys.
Standby
Selects transponder Standby Mode
(transponder does not reply to any
interrogations). When the transponder is set
to standby, the TCAS II system is also set to
standby.
On
Activates transponder (transponder replies
to identification interrogations). When the
transponder is set to ON, the TCAS II system is
set to standby.
ALT
Altitude Reporting Mode (transponder replies
to identification and altitude interrogations).
When the transponder is set to ALT, the TCAS II
system is set to standby.
TA Only
Activates the TCAS II system in TA Only Mode
and sets the transponder to ALT.
TA/RA
Activates the TCAS II system in TA/RA Mode
and sets the transponder to ALT.
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Appendix
Index
Index
TCAS
220
Displays the TCAS control softkeys.
Relative
Displays intruder altitude as altitude relative to
own aircraft altitude.
Absolute
Displays intruder MSL altitude.
ALT RNG
Displays the altitude display range softkeys.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Appendix
Level 2
Level 3
Normal
Displays non-threat traffic from 2700 feet
above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the
aircraft. Typically used during enroute phase
of flight.
Below
Displays non-threat traffic from 2700 feet
above the aircraft to 9900 feet below the
aircraft. Typically used during descent phase
of flight.
UNREST
All traffic is displayed.
Activates Test Mode and displays test intruder
symbols.
Displays transponder code selection softkeys
0-7.
0-7
Use numbers to enter code.
Ident
Activates the Special Position Identification
(SPI) pulse for 18 seconds, identifying the
transponder return on the ATC screen.
BKSP
Removes numbers entered, one at a time.
Activates the Special Position Identification
(SPI) pulse for 18 seconds, identifying the
transponder return on the ATC screen.
Displays Timer ‘References’ Window.
Nearest
Displays ‘Nearest Airports’ Window.
Alerts
or
Messages
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
221
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Displays the Alerts window when pressed.
System generated messages cause the Alerts
Softkey label to change to a flashing ‘Message’
label. Pressing the Message softkey opens the
‘Alerts’ Window, acknowledges the message,
and the softkey reverts to the ‘Alerts’ label.
Appendix
Appendix
TMR/REF
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Activates the Special Position Identification
(SPI) pulse for 18 seconds, identifying the
transponder return on the ATC screen.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Ident
Displays non-threat traffic from 9900 feet
above the aircraft to 2700 feet below the
aircraft. Typically used during climb phase of
flight.
AFCS
Ident
Above
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Code
Description
EISEIS
Test
Level 4
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Level 1
MFD SOFTKEYS
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Map Opt
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Appendix
Displays second level Map Options softkeys.
Traffic
Displays traffic information on ‘Navigation Map’ Page.
Inset
Displays inset window second level softkeys.
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
Off
FPL PROG
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
VSD
Index
Index
Removes VSD inset from ‘Navigation Map’ Page.
Displays the Flight Plan Progress inset on the ‘Navigation
Map’ Page.
Displays VSD profile information of terrain/obstacles along
the current track, vertical track vector, and selected altitude.
-- Auto: Automatically displays either VSD profile
information for active flight plan information or along
current track with no active flight plan.
-- FPL: Displays VSD profile information for active flight
plan.
-- TRK: Displays VSD profile information along current
track.
TER
Displays terrain on the map; cycles through the following:
-- Off: No terrain information shown on MFD Map.
-- Topo: Displays topographical data (e.g., coastlines,
terrain, rivers, lakes) and elevation scale on MFD Map.
-- REL: Displays relative terrain information on the MFD
Map.
AWY
Displays airways on the map; cycles through the following:
-- Off: No airways are displayed.
-- On: All airways are displayed.
-- Low: Only low altitude airways are displayed.
-- High: Only high altitude airways are displayed.
STRMSCP
Displays Stormscope information on ‘Navigation Map’ Page
(optional).
NEXRAD
Displays XM NEXRAD weather and coverage on ‘Navigation
Map’ Page (optional).
XM LTNG
Displays XM lightning information on ‘Navigation Map’ Page
(optional).
METAR
222
Description
Displays METAR information on Inset Map (subscription
optional).
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Appendix
Level 2
Level 3
Legend
Description
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Level 1
Displays legends for the displayed XM Weather products
(optional).
WX Radar
Selects desired amount of map detail; cycles through the
following levels:
-- Detail All: All map features visible.
-- Detail-1: Declutters land data.
-- Detail-2: Declutters land and SUA data.
-- Detail-3: Removes everything except for the active
flight plan.
Charts
When available, displays optional airport and terminal
procedure charts.
CHRT Opt
Displays chart display settings softkeys.
All
Header
Displays the approach chart two dimensional plan view.
Displays the approach chart descent profile strip.
Minimums Displays the minimum descent altitude/visibility strip at the
bottom of the approach chart.
Changes the chart size to fit the available screen width.
Full SCN
Removes data window to display chart on screen.
Info
Displays airport information:
-- Info 1: Airport Information.
-- Info 2: Airport Directory.
DP
Displays departure procedure chart.
Displays standard terminal arrival procedure chart.
APR
Displays approach procedure chart.
WX
Displays weather.
Index
Index
STAR
Appendix
Appendix
Displays the most pertinent chart based on the phase of
flight and loaded procedures in the active flight plan.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
AUTO
NOTAM
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Fit WDTH
Displays NOTAM information for selected airport, when
available.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Profile
Displays the header view (approach chart briefing strip) on
the screen.
AFCS
Plan
Displays the entire chart on the screen.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Detail
EISEIS
Displays XM weather radar information on ‘Navigation Map’
Page (optional).
223
DATABASE MANAGEMENT
Database information is obtained from third party sources. Inaccuracies in the data
may be discovered from time to time. Garmin communicates this information by issuing a
Database Alert. These notifications are available on flygarmin.com.
Garmin requests the flight crew report any observed discrepancies related
to database information. These discrepancies could come in the form of an
incorrect procedure; incorrectly identified terrain, obstacles and fixes; or any other
displayed item used for navigation or communication in the air or on the ground.
Go to flygarmin.com and select Aviation Data Error Report.
NOTE: Loading a database in the system prior to its effective date will result
in the expiration date on the power-up screen and the effective date on the
‘Aux – Databases’ Page being displayed in amber.
LOADING UPDATED DATABASES
CAUTION: Never disconnect power to the system when loading a database.
Power interruption during the database loading process could result in
maintenance being required to reboot the system.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Appendix
NOTE: When loading database updates, the ‘DB Mismatch’ message will
be displayed until database synchronization is complete, followed by turning
system power off, then on. Synchronization can be monitored on the ‘AuxDatabase’ Page.
Databases may be loaded through Garmin Pilot and the Flight Stream 510 (Bluetooth
Transceiver). The Bluetooth Transceiver must be enabled on the system and the multimedia
card inserted in the bottom SD slot of the MFD.
The cycles and dates for both standby and active databases are displayed on the “Aux
– Databases” page on the MFD. Any active databases with expiration dates in the past will
be highlighted with amber text. When an expired active database has a standby database
that is ready to become effective, a cyan double-sided arrow will be displayed between
the database cycles. When this arrow is visible, it indicates that the standby and active
databases in that row will be switched on the next power cycle, activating the current
standby database. Databases can also be manually selected (or deselected) by highlighting
a list item and pressing the ENT Key, provided a valid, verified standby database is present.
In some cases it may be necessary to obtain an unlock code from Garmin in order
to make the database product functional. It may also be necessary to have the system
configured by a Garmin authorized service facility in order to use some database features.
224
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Appendix
225
Index
Index
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
Appendix
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
11) Press the Restart Softkey to restart the system and load the updated
database(s), or remove power from the system if the Restart Softkey is
diminished. A 10 second restart countdown will appear. Press the Restart
Button in the display window to continue with the restart of the system.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
NOTE: The Restart Softkey is enabled only when the aircraft is on the ground.
AFCS
Updating Databases:
1) With the system OFF, remove an SD Card from the bottom SD card slot of the MFD.
2) Download and install the databases on an SD card.
3) Put the SD Card in the bottom SD card slot of the MFD.
4) Turn the system ON.
5) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to
acknowledge the startup screen.
6) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
7) Turn the small FMS Knob and select Databases.
8) Monitor the Sync Status on the Databases page. Wait for all databases to
complete syncing, indicated by ‘Sync Complete’ being displayed. A cyan
double-arrow will appear between the Standby and ‘Active’ columns to
show which Standby databases will be transferred to Active at the next
power cycle.
9) Verify the correct database cycle information is shown in the ‘Standby’
column.
10) Remove the SD card from the bottom slot of the MFD if desired.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Database updates can be obtained by following the instructions detailed in the ‘Aviation
Databases’ section of the Garmin website (flygarmin.com). Once the updated files have
been downloaded from the website, a PC equipped with an appropriate SD card reader is
used to unpack and program the new databases onto an existing Supplemental Data Card.
EISEIS
All databases are updated through a single SD card in the bottom slot of the MFD.
When the card is inserted, the databases on the card will be copied to standby and synchronized across all powered, configured units. After update, the card is removed and
the databases are stored on the system. When in standby, databases are not immediately
available for use, but stored to be activated at a later time.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Updating Databases Using a Supplemental Data Card
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Appendix
Or:
Remove power from the system if the Restart Softkey is diminished.
12) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to
acknowledge the startup screen.
13) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
15) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the ‘Active’
column.
16) To manually activate any databases that did not transfer to the ‘Active’
column:
a) Press the FMS Knob. The first database title on the screen will be
selected.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob as necessary to select the database title.
c) Press the ENT Key. A cyan double-sided arrow will appear indicating
that the standby database will become active.
Or:
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
14) Turn the small FMS Knob and select the Databases.
d) Remove and reapply power to the system.
e) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to
acknowledge the startup screen.
f) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
g) Turn the small FMS Knob and select Databases.
h) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the
‘Active’ column.
17) For additional information on each database, press and then turn the FMS
Knob to select the database, and then press the Details Softkey. Press the
ENT Key or the FMS Knob to exit.
Or:
Press the Menu Key and select ‘Details’ using the small FMS Knob and press
the ENT Key. Press the ENT Key or the FMS Knob to exit.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
Press the Menu Key and select ‘Swap Standby and Active’ using the small
FMS Knob and press the ENT Key. Press the ENT Key or the FMS Knob
to exit.
226
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Appendix
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
18) To view database information for an individual display:
a) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob and select System Status.
In order to load databases through Garmin Pilot and the Bluetooth Transceiver, the
Bluetooth Transceiver must be enabled on the system and inserted in the bottom SD slot
of the MFD. A mobile device with Garmin Pilot must be paired with the Bluetooth Transceiver over Bluetooth (Refer to the Additional Features section). When there is at least one
paired device available to connect, the Bluetooth Transceiver will automatically connect to
the system’s preferred mobile device. The preferred device can be selected on the Aux –
Databases page from a menu list of paired devices.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
227
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Appendix
Appendix
Updating Databases from any MFD page (except the ‘Aux - Databases’ Page):
1) Insert the Bluetooth Transceiver SD Card in the bottom slot of the MFD if
not already inserted.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
NOTE: If the mobile device has previously connected to the Bluetooth Transceiver, and is not connected to another bluetooth source, the mobile device
should connect automatically to the Bluetooth Transceiver. If the mobile device
is connected to another bluetooth source, then the Bluetooth Transceiver will
not connect automatically.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
NOTE: The system will only provide a WiFi connection if new databases have
been detected for download on Garmin Pilot via a valid Bluetooth connection.
If there are no database updates required the system will not provide a WiFi
signal.
AFCS
Once a connection to the paired mobile device is made, Garmin Pilot makes available
databases that can be transferred to the Bluetooth Transceiver. If any of these databases is
more recent than the respective standby database on the system, (or if there is no standby
database on the system) those databases will be automatically selected to load. The database updates may be initiated from the ‘Aux - Databases’ Page, or from other pages on
the MFD.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Updating Databases Using Bluetooth Transceiver
EISEIS
c) Press the Display Database Selection Softkey (MFD1 DB, PFD1 DB, PFD2
DB) to show database information for each display. Use the small FMS
Knob to scroll through the database information. Press the ENT Key or
the FMS Knob to exit.
2)
Turn the system ON.
3)
Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to
acknowledge the startup screen.
4)
On the mobile device, start Garmin Pilot and touch Home > Connext >
Database Concierge.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
6)
Turn the small FMS Knob and select the Connext Setup.
7)
Ensure that Wifi Database Import is enabled in the ‘Device’ Window (Refer
to Additional Features section for instructions to enable Wifi Database
Import).
8)
Verify that the mobile device is enabled via Bluetooth in the Bluetooth
settings on the mobile device.
9)
In the ‘Paired Devices’ Window on the ‘Connext Setup’ Page, ensure the
system is paired with the mobile device in use. (Refer to Additional Features
for instructions on connection to a preferred device).
NOTE: The database updates may now be continued from any MFD page,
however, the update windows shown in these instructions will not be shown
on the ‘Aux - Databases’ Page. Use the instructions for updating databases
from the ‘Aux - Databases’ Page if desired.
10) Press the Update Softkey when the following window appears. (Pressing
the View Softkey will allow database updates to be viewed from the ‘Aux
Databases’ Page, however, the windows shown below will not appear on
the ‘Aux Databases’ Page. Pressing the Ignore Softkey will postpone the
updates until further action is taken.)
11) If using a device that has not been previously paired with the system, a
password prompt will appear on the mobile device. Enter the password
shown in the ‘Password’ Field of the ‘Aux - Connext Setup’ Page.
12) The database transfer window will appear. Database update progress may
be monitored on the mobile device.
13) When the transfer is complete, a screen will appear.
14) Press the Close Softkey.
NOTE: The Restart Softkey is enabled only when the aircraft is on the ground.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Appendix
228
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Appendix
EISEIS
Or:
Remove power from the system if the Restart Softkey is diminished.
17) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
18) Turn the small FMS Knob and select Databases.
19) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the ‘Active’
column.
20) To manually activate any databases that did not transfer to the ‘Active’
column:
a) Press the FMS Knob. The first database title on the screen will be
selected.
Or:
Press the Menu Key and select ‘Swap Standby and Active’ using the small
FMS Knob and press the ENT Key. Press the ENT Key or the FMS Knob
to exit.
Remove power from the system if the Restart Softkey is diminished.
e) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to
acknowledge the startup screen.
Index
Index
f) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Appendix
Appendix
Or:
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
d) Press the Restart Softkey to restart the system and load the updated
database(s), or remove power from the system if the Restart Softkey
is diminished. A 10 second restart countdown will appear. Press the
Restart Button in the display window to continue with the restart of
the system.
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
c) Press the ENT Key. A cyan double-sided arrow will appear indicating
that the standby database will become active.
AFCS
b) Turn the small FMS Knob as necessary to select the database title.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
16) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to
acknowledge the startup screen.
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
15) Press the Restart Softkey to restart the system and load the updated
database(s), or remove power from the system if the Restart Softkey is
diminished. A 10 second restart countdown will appear. Press the Restart
Button in the display window to continue with the restart of the system.
229
Appendix
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
g) Turn the small FMS Knob and select Databases.
h) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the ‘Active’
column.
21) For additional information on each database, press and then turn the FMS Knob to
select the database, and then press the Details Softkey. Press the ENT Key or the
FMS Knob to exit.
Press the Menu Key and select ‘Details’ using the small FMS Knob and press the ENT
Key. Press the ENT Key or the FMS Knob to exit.
22) To view database information for an individual display:
a) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob and select System Status.
c) Press the Display Database Selection Softkey (MFD1 DB, PFD1 DB, PFD2 DB) to
show database information for each display. Use the small FMS Knob to scroll
through the database information. Press the ENT Key or the FMS Knob to
exit.
Updating Databases from the ‘Aux - Databases’ Page:
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
Or:
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
NOTE: The system will only provide a WiFi connection if new databases have
been detected for download on Garmin Pilot via a valid Bluetooth connection.
If there are no database updates required the system will not provide a WiFi
signal.
NOTE: If the mobile device has previously connected to the Bluetooth
Transceiver, and is not connected to another WiFi source, the mobile device
should connect automatically to the Bluetooth Transceiver. If the mobile device
is connected to another WiFi source (i.e. hangar WIFI), then the Bluetooth
Transceiver will not connect automatically.
1)
Insert the Bluetooth Transceiver SD Card in the bottom slot of the MFD if
not already inserted.
2)
Turn the system ON.
3)
Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to
acknowledge the startup screen.
4)
On the mobile device, start Garmin Pilot and tap Home > Connext >
Database Concierge.
5)
Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
230
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Appendix
7)
Ensure that Wifi Database Import is enabled in the ‘Device’ Window (Refer
to Additional Features section for instructions to enable Wifi Database
Import).
8)
Verify that the mobile device is enabled via Bluetooth in the Bluetooth
settings on the mobile device.
9)
In the ‘Paired Devices’ Window on the ‘Connext Setup’ Page, ensure the
system is paired with the mobile device in use. (Refer to Additional Features
for instructions on connection to a preferred device).
EISEIS
Turn the small FMS Knob and select the Connext Setup.
11) The ‘Aux - Databases’ Page will show the databases connected to the mobile device
in place of the active databases on the system. Databases selected to load to the
system will be indicated by a single cyan arrow.
12) Press the Update Softkey.
15) When all databases have been successfully transferred from the mobile
device and appear in the Standby column, remove and reapply power to the
system.
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
16) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to
acknowledge the startup screen.
17) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
18) Turn the small FMS Knob and select Databases.
Index
Index
20) To manually activate any databases that did not transfer to the ‘Active’
column:
Appendix
Appendix
19) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the ‘Active’
column.
a) Press the FMS Knob. The first database title on the screen will be
selected.
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
14) Database Update status will appear in the ‘Status’ Window at the top
of the page. Monitor update progress in the ‘Status’ Window, or on the
mobile device.
AFCS
13) If using a device that has not been previously paired with the system, a
password prompt will appear on the mobile device. Enter the password
shown in the ‘Password’ Field of the ‘Aux - Connext Setup’ Page.
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
10) Press the Device Softkey to view databases that are ready to be loaded from the
mobile device (pressing the Stby/Actv Softkey will again display the current
Standby and Active databases).
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
6)
231
Appendix
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
b) Turn the small FMS Knob as necessary to select the database title.
c) Press the ENT Key. A cyan double-sided arrow will appear indicating
that the standby database will become active.
Or:
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Press the Menu Key and select ‘Swap Standby and Active’ using the small
FMS Knob and press the ENT Key. Press the ENT Key or the FMS Knob
to exit.
NOTE: The Restart Softkey is enabled only when the aircraft is on the ground.
d) Press the Restart Softkey to restart the system and load the updated
database(s), or remove power from the system if the Restart Softkey
is diminished. A 10 second restart countdown will appear. Press the
Restart Button in the display window to continue with the restart of
the system.
Or:
Remove power from the system if the Restart Softkey is diminished.
f) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
g) Turn the small FMS Knob and select Databases.
h) Verify that the standby databases transferred and are now in the
‘Active’ column.
21) For additional information on each database, press and then turn the FMS
Knob to select the database, and then press the Details Softkey. Press the
ENT Key or the FMS Knob to exit.
Or:
Press the Menu Key and select ‘Details’ using the small FMS Knob and press
the ENT Key. Press the ENT Key or the FMS Knob to exit.
22) To view database information for an individual display:
a) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
b) Turn the small FMS Knob and select System Status.
c) Press the Display Database Selection Softkey (MFD1 DB, PFD1 DB, PFD2
DB) to show database information for each display. Use the small FMS
Knob to scroll through the database information. Press the ENT Key or
the FMS Knob to exit.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
e) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to
acknowledge the startup screen.
232
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Appendix
If databases are not properly loading or functioning, and an attempt has been made to
load the databases using a new SD card or multimedia card, it may be necessary to delete
the databases from the system.
EISEIS
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
AFCS
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Deleting databases:
1) Turn the large FMS Knob and select ‘Aux’.
2) Turn the small FMS Knob and select ‘Databases’.
3) Press the Menu Key.
4) Turn the small FMS Knob to select ‘Delete Databases.’
5) Press the ENT Key.
6) A prompt will appear to confirm deletion of all internal databases. Push
the ENT Key.
7) Another prompt will appear to confirm deletion of all internal databases.
Push the ENT Key.
8) Remove and reapply power to the system.
9) Press the ENT Key or the right-most softkey on MFD display to
acknowledge the startup screen.
10) Turn the large FMS Knob and select Aux.
11) Turn the small FMS Knob and select Databases.
12) Confirm that all databases have been deleted from the system.
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
DATABASE DELETION FEATURE
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
233
MAGNETIC FIELD VARIATION DATABASE UPDATE
A copy of the current magnetic field variation database (MV DB) is included with the
navigation database. At startup, the system compares this version of the MV DB with
that presently being used by each AHRS (GRS1 and GRS2). If the system determines the
MV DB needs to be updated, a prompt is displayed on the MFD. Note, in the following
example, GRS1 is the first AHRS to indicate an update is available. In actuality, this is dependent on which AHRS is the first to report status to the system. GRS2 may be displayed
before GRS1. The order is not important, only that both AHRS be updated.
GRS1 Magnetic Field Variation Database Update Prompt
Loading the magnetic field variation database update:
1) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key on the MFD. A progress monitor
is displayed.
2) When the upload is complete, the prompt for the next GRS upload is
displayed.
3) With ‘OK’ highlighted, press the ENT Key on the MFD. A progress monitor
is displayed. When the upload is complete, the system is ready for use.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Appendix
234
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Appendix
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
MAP SYMBOLS
LAND SYMBOLS
25
40
Interstate Highway (Freeway)
50
400
International Highway (Freeway)
50
400
US Highway (National Highway)
15
150
State Highway (Local Highway)
2.5
100
4
25
Railroads (RAILROAD)
7.5
25
Large City (> 200,000)
100
1000
Medium City (> 50,000)
50
400
Small City (> 5,000)
25
100
State/Province
400
1000
River/Lake
75
100
Latitude/Longitude (LAT/LON)
1
1000
Land Symbols
Symbol
User Waypoint
Highways and Roads
N/A
AFCS
Local Road (Local Road)
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Maximum
Range
(nm)
EISEIS
Default
Range
(nm)
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
235
AVIATION SYMBOLS
Aviation Symbols
Symbol
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
Large Airport (Longest Runway ≥
8100 ft)
100
1000
Medium Airport (8100 ft >
Longest Runway ≥ 5000 ft)
50
400
Small Airport (Longest Runway <
5000 ft)
(Medium Airport if it has a tower
frequency)
25
150
1.5
5
7.5
150
N/A
N/A
Intersection (INT)
25
40
Non-directional Beacon (NDB)
25
50
VOR
50
250
N/A
N/A
Visual Reporting Point (VRP)
25
1000
Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR)
250
1000
VNAV Constraints
1000
1000
N/A
N/A
Taxiways (SafeTaxi)
See Additional Features
Runway Extension
Missed Approach Preview On/Off
(Missed APR)
VOR Compass Rose On/Off
(VNAV Constraints) Show All
(show all constraints within flight
plan if VNAV Constraints are ‘On’
above)
N/A
N/A
N/A
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Appendix
236
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Appendix
Airspace Symbols
Symbol
Smart Airspace On/Off
N/A
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
N/A
Class B Airspace Altitude Label
(ceiling/floor)
N/A
N/A
Class C Airspace Altitude Label
(ceiling/floor)
N/A
N/A
Class D Airspace Altitude Label
(ceiling)
N/A
N/A
Class B Airspace/TMA (CLASS B/TMA)
50
150
Class C Airspace/TCA (CLASS C/TCA)
50
100
Class D Airspace (CLASS D)
10
100
Alert/Prohibited/Restricted/Warning
Areas (RESTRICTED)
50
100
Military Operations Area [(MOA)
(MILITARY)]
50
250
Other/Air Defense Interdiction Zone
(OTHER/ADIZ)
50
250
EISEIS
N/A
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
AIRSPACE SYMBOLS
Airspace Altitude Labels (Airspace ALT
LBL) On/Off
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
AFCS
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
237
AIRWAYS SYMBOLS
Airways Symbols
Symbol
Default
Maximum
Range (nm) Range (nm)
Low Altitude Airways (V Routes and T Routes)
50
100
High Altitude Airways (J Routes and Q Routes)
50
100
ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN LEG TYPE SYMBOLS
Flight Plan Leg Type
Symbol
Active Course Leg*
Active Heading Leg*
Active Roll Steering Path*†
Course Leg in the current flight segment
Course Leg not in the current flight segment
Heading Leg
Roll Steering Path †
Future Roll Steering Path ‡
Turn Anticipation Arc
* The active leg or path is the one currently being flown, and is shown in magenta.
† A roll steering path is a computed transition between two disconnected legs.
‡ A roll steering path in the flight plan that is beyond the next leg appears as a future roll
steering path. When a future roll steering path becomes the next leg in the flight plan, it
appears as a roll steering path.
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Appendix
238
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Appendix
Item
Symbol
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
MISCELLANEOUS SYMBOLS
ARTCC Frequency or FSS Frequency
EISEIS
North Arrow
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Map Pointer (when panning)
Measuring Pointer
User Waypoint
Vertical Navigation Along Track Waypoint
AFCS
Parallel Track Waypoint
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Unanchored Flight Path Waypoint
Displayed when aircraft GPS location is valid, but heading is invalid.
Top of Descent (TOD)
Bottom of Descent (BOD)
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Navigating using Dead Reckoning
Appendix
Appendix
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
239
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Appendix
Blank Page
240
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Index
Basic Empty Weight 82
Bearing/distance, measuring 27
Bearing Line 111, 113
EISEIS
C
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Cargo 83
CDI 212
Charts 142
ChartView 141, 142
Clearance Recorder 21
Closest Point 54
Cloud Tops 100
COM Tuning Failure 171
Connext 165
Controls (Softkeys) 215–218
D
AFCS
Data Link Receiver 193
DB Mismatch 224
Dead Reckoning 173
Declutter, Display 172
Deleting
An entire airway 51, 62
An entire procedure 70
An individual waypoint 49
Departures 68
Procedure 68, 69, 70
Select 68, 71, 75, 77
Direct-to 41, 42, 43
Display
Backup 171
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
E
Electronic Stability and Protection (ESP)
165, 167
Emergency frequency 171
Appendix
Appendix
B
ADF 15
Air Data Computer 178
Airport
Information 32
Airport Signs 9
Airspace
Alerts 175
Nearest 39
Smart 41
Airways
Collapsed 52
Expanded 52
Along Track Offset 53
Along Track Offsets 53
Altitude
Constraints 64
Altitude Constraint 66
Altitude Constraints 65, 66
Approaches 73
Activating 77
Loading 75, 76, 77
Removing 78
Service Levels 73
Temperature Compensation 80
APR softkey 76, 81
Arrival Alert 40
Arrivals 71, 72
Attitude & Heading Reference System
(AHRS) 178, 197, 198, 201,
203, 204, 206
Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS)
Lateral Modes 138
Vertical Modes 138
Auxiliary Video 166
Aviation Symbols 236, 237, 238
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
A
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Index-1
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Index
F
Flight Path Angle (FPA) 64
Flight Plan, Active
Leg Type 238
Flight Planning
Activating a FP Leg 52
Airways 50
Along Track Offsets 53
Comment changes 62
Creating Active FP 46
Deleting 59
Exporting 59
Importing 58
Importing/Exporting Flight Plans 56
Inverting a FP 52
Map 45
Parallel Tracks 53
Split Screen 45
Storing 60
Views 44
Views of Active 44
Waypoint/Airway modifcations 47
Waypoints 47
Flight Plan Progress 45
Flight Stream 510 227
FliteCharts 141, 145
Fly-by Waypoint 50
Fly-over Waypoint 49
Fuel
Fuel on Board 83
Fuel Flow (FFLOW PPH) 14
G
Garmin Connext Weather 88
Ground Mapping, Weather Radar 115
Index
Index
H
Holding
User Defined 54
Horizon Heading 9
Index-2
Horizontal Scan 111, 112
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI) 73
I
IFR/VFR Electronic Charts 148
Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) 184,
185
Importing and Exporting Flight Plans 56
Intercom 19
Interstage Turbine Temperature (ITT) 14
IOI 182
L
Land Symbols 235
M
Map
Airways 30
Range 26
Terrain 28
Message Advisory Alerts 177
Minimums 195
Missed Approach 79
Mode selection softkeys 17, 18
Mode S Transponder
TCAS II Transponder Mode Selection
18
Motion Vectors 130
N
Navigation
Database 64
Nearest
Airport 32, 33, 76
Airports Page 32
Airport Surface Matching 33
Airspace 39
Nearest airports, frequency tuning 15
NEXRAD 99
No Compare 178
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Index
SurfaceWatch RR-1, 163, 192, 212
SVS troubleshooting 173
Symbols, map 235, 239
Synthetic Vision Technology (SVT) 212
System message advisories 196
P
T
R
User-Defined Holding Pattern 56
User Waypoints
Creating 34
Deleting 38
Editing 37
Appendix
Appendix
V
Vertical Navigation (VNAV) 44, 64
Direct-to 63
Enabling Guidance 63
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
Index-3
Index
Index
190-02040-01 Rev. B
U
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
SafeTaxi 141
Satellite Telephone 148
Sector Scan 113
Sensor 178
SiriusXM 161
SiriusXM Weather
Icing 103
Smart Airspace 41
Softkeys 215–223
MFD 222
PFD 215
Split Screen 45
Flight Plan Views 45
Standby Navigation Database 225
Stormscope 105
Additional Additional
Abnormal
AFCS Features
Features
Operation
S
AFCS
RAIM
Prediction 84
Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC)
184, 185
Reversionary Mode 171
ROC 182
TA 195
Tachometer (PROP RPM) 14
TCAS II Traffic
Operation 133
System Test 132
TCAS System Test 196
Temperature Compensated Minimums
80
Terrain 184, 185, 186, 201
Terrain Awareness and Warning System
TAWS) 183, 184, 186, 187
Text Messaging (SMS) 148
Tilt, Antenna 112
Tilt Line 112
TOPO DATA 28, 29
TOPO SCALE 29
Torque (FT-LB) 14
Traffic Advisory System (TAS) 197, 198
Traffic Advisory (TA) 195, 196
Transponder 15
Turbine Speed (% RPM) 14
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Flight Flight
Hazard Hazard
XPDR/Audio Management
Management Avoidance
Avoidance
XPDR/Audio
Parallel Track 53
Passenger Address (PA) System 21
Passenger(s) 82, 83
Pending flight plan 56, 57, 58
Pilot and Stores Weight 82
Primary Flight Display (PFD)
Softkeys 215–217
Propeller Sync 14
EISEIS
Obstacles 200, 207
Oil Pressure (OIL PSI) 14
Oil Temperature (OIL °C) 14
Overspeed Protection 138
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
O
Guidance 65
Vertical Situation Display (VSD) 67
Vertical track 195
Visual Approach 73
VNAV 213
VOICE Alerts 195
VRP 236
VS TGT 64
W
WAAS 207
Waypoints
Airports 31
Waypoint Selection Submenu 36, 41,
48
Weather Attenuated Color Highlight
(WATCH) 113
Index
Index
Appendix
Appendix
Annun/Alerts
Annun/Alerts
Additional Additional
Abnormal
Features
Operation
Features AFCS
AFCS
Hazard Hazard
Flight Flight
Nav/Com/
Nav/Com/
Avoidance
Avoidance Management
Management XPDR/Audio
XPDR/Audio
EISEIS
Flight
Flight
Instruments
Instruments
Index
Index-4
Garmin G1000 NXi Cockpit Reference Guide for the Beechcraft 200/B200 Series
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Garmin International, Inc.
1200 East 151st Street
Olathe, KS 66062, U.S.A.
Garmin AT, Inc.
2345 Turner Road SE
Salem, OR 97302, U.S.A.
Garmin (Europe) Ltd.
Liberty House, Hounsdown Business Park
Southampton, Hampshire SO40 9LR U.K.
Garmin Corporation
No. 68, Zhangshu 2nd Road
Xizhi District, New Taipei City, Taiwan
Contact Garmin Product Support or view
warranty information at www.flygarmin.com.
© 2016-2019 Garmin Ltd. or its subsidiaries
190-02040-01 Rev. B
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising